+ All Categories
Home > Documents > EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin...

EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin...

Date post: 27-Jul-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 3 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
112
Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split ERLQ004-006-008CA EHVH/X04S18CA EHVH/X08S18+26CA
Transcript
Page 1: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

Installer reference guideDaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English

+

Installer reference guide

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split

ERLQ004-006-008CAEHVH/X04S18CAEHVH/X08S18+26CA

Page 2: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

Table of contents

Installer reference guide

2ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Table of contents

1 About the documentation ................................ 31.1 About this document ................................................................. 3

2 General safety precautions .............................. 32.1 About the documentation .......................................................... 3

2.1.1 Meaning of warnings and symbols ............................ 42.2 For the installer ......................................................................... 4

2.2.1 General ...................................................................... 42.2.2 Installation site ........................................................... 42.2.3 Refrigerant ................................................................. 42.2.4 Water ......................................................................... 52.2.5 Electrical .................................................................... 5

3 About the box .................................................... 53.1 Outdoor unit .............................................................................. 5

3.1.1 To unpack the outdoor unit ........................................ 53.1.2 To remove the accessories from the outdoor unit ..... 6

3.2 Indoor unit ................................................................................. 63.2.1 To unpack the indoor unit .......................................... 63.2.2 To remove the accessories from the indoor unit ........ 6

4 About the units and options ............................ 64.1 Identification .............................................................................. 6

4.1.1 Identification label: Outdoor unit ................................ 74.1.2 Identification label: Indoor unit ................................... 7

4.2 Possible combinations of units and options .............................. 74.2.1 List of options for outdoor unit ................................... 74.2.2 List of options for indoor unit ...................................... 74.2.3 Possible combinations of indoor unit and outdoor

unit ............................................................................. 8

5 Application guidelines ...................................... 85.1 Overview: Application guidelines .............................................. 85.2 Setting up the space heating/cooling system ........................... 9

5.2.1 Single room ................................................................ 95.2.2 Multiple rooms – One LWT zone ............................... 115.2.3 Multiple rooms – Two LWT zones ............................. 12

5.3 Setting up an auxiliary heat source for space heating .............. 135.4 Setting up the domestic hot water tank ..................................... 15

5.4.1 System layout – Integrated DHW tank ....................... 155.4.2 System layout – Standalone DHW tank ..................... 155.4.3 Selecting the volume and desired temperature for

the DHW tank ............................................................ 155.4.4 Setup and configuration – DHW tank ........................ 165.4.5 Combination: Standalone DHW tank + Solar panels . 165.4.6 DHW pump for instant hot water ................................ 165.4.7 DHW pump for disinfection ........................................ 17

5.5 Setting up the energy metering ................................................. 175.5.1 Produced heat ........................................................... 175.5.2 Consumed energy ..................................................... 175.5.3 Normal kWh rate power supply .................................. 185.5.4 Preferential kWh rate power supply ........................... 18

5.6 Setting up the power consumption control ................................ 195.6.1 Permanent power limitation ....................................... 195.6.2 Power limitation activated by digital inputs ................ 195.6.3 Power limitation process ............................................ 20

5.7 Setting up an external temperature sensor ............................... 20

6 Preparation ........................................................ 206.1 Preparing installation site .......................................................... 20

6.1.1 Installation site requirements of the outdoor unit ....... 206.1.2 Additional installation site requirements of the

outdoor unit in cold climates ...................................... 216.1.3 Installation site requirements of the indoor unit ......... 21

6.2 Preparing refrigerant piping ...................................................... 226.2.1 Refrigerant piping requirements ................................ 226.2.2 Refrigerant piping insulation ...................................... 22

6.3 Preparing water piping .............................................................. 226.3.1 Water circuit requirements ......................................... 226.3.2 Formula to calculate the expansion vessel pre-

pressure ..................................................................... 236.3.3 To check the water volume ........................................ 236.3.4 Changing the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel . 246.3.5 To check the water volume: Examples ...................... 24

6.4 Preparing electrical wiring ......................................................... 24

6.4.1 About preparing electrical wiring ................................ 246.4.2 About preferential kWh rate power supply ................. 256.4.3 Overview of electrical connections except external

actuators .................................................................... 256.4.4 Overview of electrical connections for external and

internal actuators ....................................................... 25

7 Installation ......................................................... 267.1 Opening the units ...................................................................... 26

7.1.1 To open the outdoor unit ............................................ 267.1.2 To open the indoor unit .............................................. 267.1.3 To open the switch box cover of the indoor unit ........ 27

7.2 Mounting the outdoor unit ......................................................... 277.2.1 To prepare the installation structure .......................... 277.2.2 To prepare drain work ................................................ 287.2.3 To install the outdoor unit .......................................... 287.2.4 To prevent the outdoor unit from falling over ............. 29

7.3 Mounting the indoor unit ........................................................... 297.3.1 To install the indoor unit ............................................. 29

7.4 Connecting the refrigerant piping .............................................. 297.4.1 Pipe bending guidelines ............................................. 307.4.2 To flare the pipe end .................................................. 307.4.3 To braze the pipe end ................................................ 307.4.4 To handle the stop valve ............................................ 307.4.5 To open/close the stop valve ..................................... 317.4.6 To handle the stem cap ............................................. 317.4.7 To handle the service cap .......................................... 317.4.8 To connect the refrigerant piping to the outdoor unit . 317.4.9 To connect the refrigerant piping to the indoor unit ... 317.4.10 About checking the refrigerant piping ........................ 317.4.11 To check for leaks ...................................................... 327.4.12 To perform vacuum drying ......................................... 327.4.13 To determine the additional refrigerant amount ......... 327.4.14 To calculate the complete recharge amount .............. 327.4.15 To charge refrigerant ................................................. 327.4.16 To fix the fluorinated greenhouse gases label ........... 33

7.5 Connecting the water piping ..................................................... 337.5.1 To connect the water piping ....................................... 337.5.2 To connect the pressure relief valve to the drain ....... 337.5.3 To fill the water circuit ................................................ 347.5.4 To fill the domestic hot water tank ............................. 347.5.5 To insulate the water piping ....................................... 347.5.6 To connect the recirculation piping ............................ 34

7.6 Connecting the electrical wiring ................................................ 357.6.1 About electrical compliance ....................................... 357.6.2 To connect the electrical wiring on the outdoor unit .. 357.6.3 To connect the electrical wiring on the indoor unit ..... 357.6.4 To connect the main power supply ............................ 367.6.5 To connect the backup heater power supply ............. 377.6.6 To connect the user interface .................................... 387.6.7 To connect the shut-off valve ..................................... 397.6.8 To connect the electrical meters ................................ 407.6.9 To connect the domestic hot water pump .................. 407.6.10 To connect the alarm output ...................................... 407.6.11 To connect the space cooling/heating ON/OFF

output ......................................................................... 407.6.12 To connect the changeover to external heat source .. 407.6.13 To connect the power consumption digital inputs ...... 40

7.7 Finishing the outdoor unit installation ....................................... 417.7.1 To finish the outdoor unit installation ......................... 417.7.2 To close the outdoor unit ........................................... 41

7.8 Finishing the indoor unit installation .......................................... 417.8.1 To fix the user interface cover to the indoor unit ........ 417.8.2 To close the indoor unit ............................................. 41

8 Configuration .................................................... 418.1 Overview: Configuration ........................................................... 41

8.1.1 To connect the PC cable to the switch box ................ 418.1.2 To access the most used commands ........................ 428.1.3 To copy the system settings from the first to the

second user interface ................................................ 428.1.4 To copy the language set from the first to the second

user interface ............................................................. 428.1.5 Quick wizard: Set the system layout after first power

ON ............................................................................. 428.2 Basic configuration ................................................................... 43

8.2.1 Quick wizard: Language / time and date ................... 438.2.2 Quick wizard: Standard .............................................. 438.2.3 Quick wizard: Options ................................................ 458.2.4 Quick wizard: Capacities (energy metering) .............. 47

Page 3: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

1 About the documentation

Installer reference guide

3ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

8.2.5 Space heating/cooling control .................................... 478.2.6 Domestic hot water control ........................................ 508.2.7 Contact/helpdesk number .......................................... 51

8.3 Advanced configuration/optimization ........................................ 528.3.1 Space heating/cooling operation: advanced .............. 528.3.2 Domestic hot water control: advanced ....................... 558.3.3 Heat source settings .................................................. 598.3.4 System settings ......................................................... 60

8.4 Menu structure: Overview ......................................................... 648.5 Menu structure: Overview installer settings .............................. 65

9 Commissioning ................................................. 669.1 Overview: Commissioning ........................................................ 669.2 Checklist before test run ........................................................... 669.3 Air purge function ...................................................................... 66

9.3.1 To perform a manual air purge .................................. 669.3.2 To perform an automatic air purge ............................ 679.3.3 To interrupt air purge ................................................. 67

9.4 To perform a test run ................................................................ 679.5 To perform an actuator test run ................................................ 67

9.5.1 Possible actuator test runs ........................................ 679.6 Underfloor heating screed dryout ............................................. 67

9.6.1 To program an underfloor heating screed dryoutschedule .................................................................... 68

9.6.2 To start an underfloor heating screed dryout ............. 689.6.3 To readout the status of an underfloor heating

screed dryout ............................................................. 689.6.4 To interrupt an underfloor heating screed dryout ....... 68

10 Hand-over to the user ....................................... 6811 Maintenance and service ................................. 68

11.1 Maintenance safety precautions ............................................... 6811.1.1 Opening the indoor unit ............................................. 69

11.2 Checklist for yearly maintenance for indoor unit ....................... 6911.2.1 To drain the domestic hot water tank ......................... 70

11.3 Checklist for yearly maintenance for outdoor unit ..................... 7011.4 To drain the domestic hot water tank ........................................ 70

12 Troubleshooting ................................................ 7012.1 General guidelines .................................................................... 7012.2 Solving problems based on symptoms ..................................... 70

12.2.1 Symptom: The unit is NOT heating or cooling asexpected .................................................................... 70

12.2.2 Symptom: The compressor does NOT start (spaceheating or domestic water heating) ............................ 71

12.2.3 Symptom: The pump is making noise (cavitation) ..... 7112.2.4 Symptom: The pressure relief valve opens ............... 7112.2.5 Symptom: The water pressure relief valve leaks ....... 7112.2.6 Symptom: The space is NOT sufficiently heated at

low outdoor temperatures .......................................... 7212.2.7 Symptom: The pressure at the tapping point is

temporarily unusual high ............................................ 7212.2.8 Symptom: Decoration panels are pushed away due

to a swollen tank ........................................................ 7212.2.9 Symptom: Tank disinfection function is NOT

completed correctly (AH-error) .................................. 7212.3 Solving problems based on error codes ................................... 72

12.3.1 Error codes: Overview ............................................... 72

13 Disposal ............................................................. 7413.1 To pump down .......................................................................... 7413.2 To start and stop forced cooling ............................................... 74

14 Glossary ............................................................. 7515 Technical data ................................................... 76

15.1 Dimensions and service space ................................................. 7615.1.1 Dimensions and service space: Outdoor unit ............ 7615.1.2 Dimensions and service space: Indoor unit ............... 77

15.2 Center of gravity ....................................................................... 7915.2.1 Center of gravity: Outdoor unit ................................... 79

15.3 Components ............................................................................. 8015.3.1 Components: Outdoor unit ......................................... 8015.3.2 Components: Switch box (outdoor unit) ..................... 8015.3.3 Components: Indoor unit ........................................... 8015.3.4 Components: Switch box (indoor unit) ....................... 81

15.4 Functional diagrams ................................................................. 8215.4.1 Functional diagram: Outdoor unit .............................. 8215.4.2 Functional diagram: Indoor unit ................................. 82

15.5 Piping diagram .......................................................................... 83

15.5.1 Piping diagram: Outdoor unit ..................................... 8315.5.2 Piping diagram: Indoor unit ........................................ 84

15.6 Wiring diagram .......................................................................... 8515.6.1 Wiring diagram – components: Outdoor unit ............. 8515.6.2 Wiring diagram – components: Indoor unit ................ 88

15.7 Technical specifications ............................................................ 9415.7.1 Technical specifications: Outdoor unit ....................... 9415.7.2 Technical specifications: Indoor unit .......................... 97

15.8 Operation range ........................................................................ 9915.8.1 Operation range: Heating and cooling ....................... 9915.8.2 Operation range: Domestic hot water ........................ 10015.8.3 Drain pan necessity ................................................... 101

15.9 Capacity table ........................................................................... 10215.10 Sound spectrum ........................................................................ 103

15.10.1 Sound spectrum: Outdoor unit ................................... 10315.11 ESP curve ................................................................................. 105

15.11.1 ESP curve: Indoor unit ............................................... 10515.12 Performance ............................................................................. 10615.13 Certification programs ............................................................... 10915.14 Combination table ..................................................................... 110

1 About the documentation

1.1 About this document

Target audienceAuthorized installers

Documentation setThis document is part of a documentation set. The complete setconsists of:

Document Contains… FormatGeneralsafetyprecautions

Safety instructions thatyou must read beforeinstalling

Paper (in the box of theindoor unit)

Indoor unitinstallationmanual

Installation instructions

Outdoor unitinstallationmanual

Installation instructions Paper (in the box of theoutdoor unit)

Installerreferenceguide

Preparation of theinstallation, technicalspecifications, goodpractices, reference data,…

CD/DVD (in the box of theindoor unit)

Addendumbook foroptionalequipment

Additional info about howto install optionalequipment

Paper (in the box of theindoor unit)

CD/DVD (in the box of theindoor unit)

Latest revisions of the supplied documentation may be available onthe regional Daikin website or via your dealer.

2 General safety precautions

2.1 About the documentation The original documentation is written in English. All other

languages are translations.

The precautions described in this document cover very importanttopics, follow them carefully.

All activities described in the installation manual must beperformed by an authorized installer.

Page 4: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

2 General safety precautions

Installer reference guide

4ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

2.1.1 Meaning of warnings and symbols

DANGER

Indicates a situation that results in death or serious injury.

DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION

Indicates a situation that could result in electrocution.

DANGER: RISK OF BURNING

Indicates a situation that could result in burning because ofextreme hot or cold temperatures.

WARNING

Indicates a situation that could result in death or seriousinjury.

CAUTION

Indicates a situation that could result in minor or moderateinjury.

NOTICE

Indicates a situation that could result in equipment orproperty damage.

INFORMATION

Indicates useful tips or additional information.

2.2 For the installer

2.2.1 GeneralIf you are not sure how to install or operate the unit, contact yourdealer.

NOTICE

Improper installation or attachment of equipment oraccessories could result in electric shock, short-circuit,leaks, fire or other damage to the equipment. Only useaccessories, optional equipment and spare parts made orapproved by Daikin.

WARNING

Make sure installation, testing and applied materialscomply with applicable legislation (on top of theinstructions described in the Daikin documentation).

CAUTION

Wear adequate personal protective equipment (protectivegloves, safety glasses,…) when installing, maintaining orservicing the system.

WARNING

Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so thatnobody, especially children, can play with them. Possiblerisk: suffocation.

DANGER: RISK OF BURNING

Do NOT touch the refrigerant piping, water piping orinternal parts during and immediately after operation. Itcould be too hot or too cold. Give it time to return tonormal temperature. If you must touch it, wearprotective gloves.

Do NOT touch any accidental leaking refrigerant.

NOTICE

Provide adequate measures to prevent that the unit can beused as a shelter by small animals. Small animals thatmake contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions,smoke or fire.

CAUTION

Do NOT touch the air inlet or aluminum fins of the unit.

NOTICE

Do NOT place any objects or equipment on top of theunit.

Do NOT sit, climb or stand on the unit.

In accordance with the applicable legislation, it might be necessaryto provide a logbook with the product containing at least: informationon maintenance, repair work, results of tests, stand-by periods,…

Also, at least, following information must be provided at anaccessible place at the product:

Instructions for shutting down the system in case of an emergency

Name and address of fire department, police and hospital

Name, address and day and night telephone numbers forobtaining service

In Europe, EN378 provides the necessary guidance for this logbook.

2.2.2 Installation site Provide sufficient space around the unit for servicing and air

circulation.

Make sure the installation site withstands the unit’s weight andvibration.

Make sure the area is well ventilated.

Make sure the unit is level.

Do NOT install the unit in the following places:

In potentially explosive atmospheres.

In places where there is machinery that emits electromagneticwaves. Electromagnetic waves may disturb the control system,and cause malfunction of the equipment.

In places where there is a risk of fire due to the leakage offlammable gases (example: thinner or gasoline), carbon fibre,ignitable dust.

In places where corrosive gas (example: sulphurous acid gas) isproduced. Corrosion of copper pipes or soldered parts may causethe refrigerant to leak.

2.2.3 Refrigerant

NOTICE

Make sure refrigerant piping installation complies withapplicable legislation. In Europe, EN378 is the applicablestandard.

NOTICE

Make sure the field piping and connections are notsubjected to stress.

WARNING

During tests, NEVER pressurize the product with apressure higher than the maximum allowable pressure (asindicated on the nameplate of the unit).

Page 5: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

3 About the box

Installer reference guide

5ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

WARNING

Take sufficient precautions in case of refrigerant leakage. Ifrefrigerant gas leaks, ventilate the area immediately.Possible risks:

Excessive refrigerant concentrations in a closed roomcan lead to oxygen deficiency.

Toxic gas may be produced if refrigerant gas comesinto contact with fire.

WARNING

Always recover the refrigerants. Do NOT release themdirectly into the environment. Use a vacuum pump toevacuate the installation.

2.2.4 Water

NOTICE

Make sure water quality complies with EU directive98/83 EC.

2.2.5 Electrical

DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION

Turn OFF all power supply before removing theswitch box cover, connecting electrical wiring ortouching electrical parts.

Disconnect the power supply for more than 1 minute,and measure the voltage at the terminals of main circuitcapacitors or electrical components before servicing.The voltage must be less than 50 V DC before you cantouch electrical components. For the location of theterminals, see the wiring diagram.

Do NOT touch electrical components with wet hands.

Do NOT leave the unit unattended when the servicecover is removed.

WARNING

If not factory installed, a main switch or other means fordisconnection, having a contact separation in all polesproviding full disconnection under overvoltage category IIIcondition, shall be installed in the fixed wiring.

WARNING

Only use copper wires.

All field wiring must be performed in accordance withthe wiring diagram supplied with the product.

NEVER squeeze bundled cables and make sure theydo not come in contact with the piping and sharpedges. Make sure no external pressure is applied to theterminal connections.

Make sure to install earth wiring. Do NOT earth the unitto a utility pipe, surge absorber, or telephone earth.Incomplete earth may cause electrical shock.

Make sure to use a dedicated power circuit. NEVERuse a power supply shared by another appliance.

Make sure to install the required fuses or circuitbreakers.

Make sure to install an earth leakage protector. Failureto do so may cause electric shock or fire.

When installing the earth leakage protector, make sureit is compatible with the inverter (resistant to highfrequency electric noise) to avoid unnecessary openingof the earth leakage protector.

Install power cables at least 1 meter away from televisions or radiosto prevent interference. Depending on the radio waves, a distance of1 meter may not be sufficient.

WARNING

After finishing the electrical work, confirm that eachelectrical component and terminal inside the electricalcomponents box is connected securely.

Make sure all covers are closed before starting up theunit.

3 About the box

At delivery, the unit must be checked for damage. Any damagemust be reported immediately to the carrier’s claims agent.

Bring the packed unit as close as possible to its final installationposition to prevent damage during transport.

3.1 Outdoor unit

3.1.1 To unpack the outdoor unit

1

2

Page 6: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

4 About the units and options

Installer reference guide

6ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

3.1.2 To remove the accessories from theoutdoor unit

1 Lift the outdoor unit.

CAUTION

Only handle the outdoor unit as follows:

57kg

2 Remove the accessories at the bottom of the package.

a db c1x 1x 1x 2x

a Outdoor unit installation manualb Fluorinated greenhouse gases labelc Multilingual fluorinated greenhouse gases labeld Unit mounting plate

3.2 Indoor unit

3.2.1 To unpack the indoor unit

3.2.2 To remove the accessories from theindoor unit

1 Remove the screws at the top of the unit.

2 Remove the top panel.

4x

3 Remove the accessories.

a1x

b1x

c1x

d1x

g2x

h1x

f1x

e1x

a General safety precautionsb Addendum book for optional equipmentc Indoor unit installation manuald Operation manuale CD/DVDf User interface kit: user interface, 4 fixing screws, 2

plugsg Shut-off valveh User interface cover

4 Reinstall the top panel.

4 About the units and options

4.1 Identification

NOTICE

When installing or servicing several units at the same time,make sure NOT to switch the service panels betweendifferent models.

Page 7: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

4 About the units and options

Installer reference guide

7ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

4.1.1 Identification label: Outdoor unit

Location

Model identificationExample: ER L Q 006 CA V3

Code ExplanationER European split outdoor pair heat pumpL Low water temperature – ambient zone:

L=−10~−20°CQ Refrigerant R410A006 Capacity class:

004=4.5 kW

006=6 kW

008=7.5 kWCA SeriesV3 V3=1~, 230 V, 50 Hz

4.1.2 Identification label: Indoor unit

Location

Model identificationExample: E HV H 04 S 18 CA 3V

Code DescriptionE European modelHV HV=Floor-standing indoor unit with integrated tankH H=Heating only

X=Heating/cooling

Code Description04 Capacity class:

04=4.5 kW

08=7.5 kW

16=16 kWS Integrated tank material:

S=Stainless steel18 Integrated tank volume:

18=180 l

26=260 lCA Series3V Backup heater model

3V

9W

4.2 Possible combinations of units andoptions

4.2.1 List of options for outdoor unit

Drain pan (EKDP008CA)The drain pan is required to gather the drain from the outdoor unit.The drain pan kit consists of:

Drain pan

Installation brackets

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the drainpan.

Drain pan heater (EKDPH008CA)The drain pan heater is required to avoid freezing-up of the drainpan.

It is recommended to install this option in colder regions withpossible low ambient temperatures or heavy snowfall.

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the drainpan heater.

INFORMATION

In case the drain pan heater is used, the jumper JP_DP onthe service PCB on the outdoor unit MUST be cut.

After cutting the jumper, you MUST reset the outdoor unitto activate this function.

U-beams (EKFT008CA)The U-beams are installation brackets on which the outdoor unit canbe installed.

It is recommended to install this option in colder regions withpossible low ambient temperatures or heavy snowfall.

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of theoutdoor unit.

4.2.2 List of options for indoor unit

User interface (EKRUCAL1, EKRUCAL2)The user interface is delivered as an accessory with the unit. Anadditional user interface is optionally available.

The additional user interface can be connected:

Page 8: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

8ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

To have both:

control close to the indoor unit

room thermostat functionality in the principal space to beheated

To have an interface containing other languages

The additional user interface EKRUCAL1 contains the 6 commonlanguages: English, German, French, Dutch, Italian, Spanish.

The additional user interface EKRUCAL2 contains other languages:English, Swedish, Norwegian, Czech, Turkish, Portuguese.

Languages on the user interface can be uploaded by PC software orcopied from an user interface to the other.

For installation instructions, see "7.6.6 To connect the user interface"on page 38.

Room thermostat (EKRTWA, EKRTR1)You can connect an optional room thermostat to the indoor unit. Thisthermostat can either be wired (EKRTWA) or wireless (EKRTR1).

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the roomthermostat and addendum book for optional equipment.

Remote sensor for wireless thermostat (EKRTETS)You can use a wireless indoor temperature sensor (EKRTETS) onlyin combination with the wireless thermostat (EKRTR1).

For installation intructions, see the installation manual of the roomthermostat and addendum book for optional equipment.

Digital I/O PCB (EKRP1HB)The digital I/O PCB is required to provide following signals:

Alarm output

Space heating/cooling On/OFF output

Changeover to external heat source

Only for EHVH/X16 models: Control signal for bottom plate heaterkit EKBPHTH16A.

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the digitalI/O PCB and addendum book for optional equipment.

Demand PCB (EKRP1AHTA)To enable the power saving consumption control by digital inputsyou must install the demand PCB.

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of thedemand PCB and addendum book for optional equipment.

Remote indoor sensor (KRCS01-1)By default the internal user interface sensor will be used as roomtemperature sensor.

As an option the remote indoor sensor can be installed to measurethe room temperature on another location.

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the remoteindoor sensor and addendum book for optional equipment.

INFORMATION

The remote indoor sensor can only be used in case theuser interface is configured with room thermostatfunctionality.

You can only connect either the remote indoor sensor orthe remote outdoor sensor.

Remote outdoor sensor (EKRSCA1)By default the sensor inside the outdoor unit will be used to measurethe outdoor temperature.

As an option the remote outdoor sensor can be installed to measurethe outdoor temperature on another location (e.g. to avoid directsunlight) to have an improved system behaviour.

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the remoteoutdoor sensor.

INFORMATION

You can only connect either the remote indoor sensor orthe remote outdoor sensor.

PC configurator (EKPCCAB*)The PC cable makes a connection between the switch box of theindoor unit and a PC. It gives the possibility to upload differentlanguage files to the user interface and indoor parameters to theindoor unit. For the available language files, contact your localdealer.

The software and corresponding operating instructions are availableon Daikin Extranet.

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the PCcable.

4.2.3 Possible combinations of indoor unit and outdoor unit

Indoor unit Outdoor unitERLQ004CAV3 ERLQ006CAV3 ERLQ008CAV3

EHVH04S18CA3V O — —EHVX04S18CA3V O — —EHVH08S18CA3V — O OEHVX08S18CA3V — O OEHVH08S26CA9W — O OEHVX08S26CA9W — O O

5 Application guidelines

5.1 Overview: Application guidelinesThe purpose of the application guidelines is to give a glance of thepossibilities of the Daikin heat pump system.

NOTICE

The illustrations in the application guidelines are meantfor reference only, and are NOT to be used as detailedhydraulic diagrams. The detailed hydraulicdimensioning and balancing are NOT shown, and arethe responsibility of the installer.

For more information about the configuration settings tooptimize heat pump operation, see "8 Configuration" onpage 41.

This chapter contains applications guidelines for:

Setting up the space heating/cooling system

Page 9: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

9ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Setting up an auxiliary heat source for space heating

Setting up the domestic hot water tank

Setting up the energy metering

Setting up the power consumption

Setting up an external temperature sensor

5.2 Setting up the space heating/coolingsystem

The Daikin heat pump system supplies leaving water to heatemitters in one or more rooms.

Because the system offers a wide flexibility to control thetemperature in each room, you need to answer the followingquestions first:

How many rooms are heated (or cooled) by the Daikin heat pumpsystem?

Which heat emitter types are used in each room and what is theirdesign leaving water temperature?

Once the space heating/cooling requirements are clear, Daikinrecommends to follow the setup guidelines below.

5.2.1 Single room

Under floor heating or radiators – Wired roomthermostat

Setup

B

A

a

A Main leaving water temperature zoneB One single rooma User interface used as room thermostat

The under floor heating or radiators are directly connected to theindoor unit.

The room temperature is controlled by the user interface, which isused as room thermostat. Possible installations:

User interface (standard equipment) installed in the room andused as room thermostat

User interface (standard equipment) installed at the indoor unitand used for control close to the indoor unit + user interface(optional equipment EKRUCAL) installed in the room and usedas room thermostat

Configuration

Setting ValueUnit temperature control:

#: [A.2.1.7]

Code: [C-07]

2 (RT control): Unit operation isdecided based on the ambienttemperature of the user interface.

Number of water temperaturezones:

#: [A.2.1.8]

Code: [7-02]

0 (1 LWT zone): Main

Benefits Cost effective. You do NOT need an additional external room

thermostat.

Highest comfort and efficiency. The smart room thermostatfunctionality can decrease or increase the desired leaving watertemperature based on the actual room temperature (modulation).This results in:

Stable room temperature matching the desired temperature(higher comfort)

Less ON/OFF cycles (more quiet, higher comfort and higherefficiency)

Lowest possible leaving water temperature (higher efficiency)

Easy. You can easily set the desired room temperature via theuser interface:

For your daily needs, you can use preset values and schedules.

To deviate from your daily needs, you can temporarily overrulethe preset values and schedules, use the holiday mode…

Under floor heating or radiators – Wireless roomthermostat

Setup

B

A

b

a

A Main leaving water temperature zoneB One single rooma Receiver for wireless external room thermostatb Wireless external room thermostat

The under floor heating or radiators are directly connected to theindoor unit.

The room temperature is controlled by the wireless external roomthermostat (optional equipment EKRTR1).

Configuration

Setting ValueUnit temperature control:

#: [A.2.1.7]

Code: [C-07]

1 (Ext RT control): Unit operationis decided by the externalthermostat.

Number of water temperaturezones:

#: [A.2.1.8]

Code: [7-02]

0 (1 LWT zone): Main

External room thermostat for themain zone:

#: [A.2.2.4]

Code: [C-05]

Configure according to the setup:

1 (Thermo ON/OFF): Whenthe used external roomthermostat or heat pumpconvector can only send athermo ON/OFF condition. Noseparation between heating orcooling demand.

2 (C/H request): When theused external room thermostatcan send a separate heating/cooling thermo ON/OFFcondition.

Page 10: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

10ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Benefits Wireless. The Daikin external room thermostat is available in a

wireless version.

Efficiency. Although the external room thermostat only sendsON/OFF signals, it is specifically designed for the heat pumpsystem.

Comfort. In case of under floor heating, the wireless externalroom thermostat prevents condensation on the floor during coolingoperation by measuring the room humidity.

Heat pump convectors

Setup

B

A

a

A Main leaving water temperature zoneB One single rooma Remote controller of the heat pump convectors

The heat pump convectors are directly connected to the indoorunit.

The desired room temperature is set via the remote controller ofthe heat pump convectors.

The space heating/cooling demand signal is sent to one digitalinput on the indoor unit (X2M/1 and X2M/4).

The space operation mode is sent to the heat pump convectors byone digital output on the indoor unit (X2M/33 and X2M/34).

INFORMATION

When using multiple heat pump convectors, make sureeach one receives the infrared signal from the remotecontroller of the heat pump convectors.

Configuration

Setting ValueUnit temperature control:

#: [A.2.1.7]

Code: [C-07]

1 (Ext RT control): Unit operationis decided by the externalthermostat.

Number of water temperaturezones:

#: [A.2.1.8]

Code: [7-02]

0 (1 LWT zone): Main

External room thermostat for themain zone:

#: [A.2.2.4]

Code: [C-05]

1 (Thermo ON/OFF): When theused external room thermostat orheat pump convector can onlysend a thermo ON/OFFcondition. No separation betweenheating or cooling demand.

Benefits Cooling. The heat pump convector offers, besides heating

capacity, also excellent cooling capacity.

Efficiency. Optimal energy efficiency because of the interlinkfunction.

Stylish.

Combination: Under floor heating + Heat pumpconvectors Space heating is provided by:

The under floor heating

The heat pump convectors

Space cooling is provided by the heat pump convectors only. Theunder floor heating is shut off by the shut-off valve.

Setup

B

A

a

M1

A Main leaving water temperature zoneB One single rooma Remote controller of the heat pump convectors

The heat pump convectors are directly connected to the indoorunit.

A shut-off valve (field supply) is installed before the under floorheating to prevent condensation on the floor during coolingoperation.

The desired room temperature is set via the remote controller ofthe heat pump convectors.

The space heating/cooling demand signal is sent to one digitalinput on the indoor unit (X2M/1 and X2M/4)

The space operation mode is sent by one digital output (X2M/33and X2M/34) on the indoor unit to:

The heat pump convectors

The shut-off valve

Configuration

Setting ValueUnit temperature control:

#: [A.2.1.7]

Code: [C-07]

1 (Ext RT control): Unit operationis decided by the externalthermostat.

Number of water temperaturezones:

#: [A.2.1.8]

Code: [7-02]

0 (1 LWT zone): Main

External room thermostat for themain zone:

#: [A.2.2.4]

Code: [C-05]

1 (Thermo ON/OFF): When theused external room thermostat orheat pump convector can onlysend a thermo ON/OFFcondition. No separation betweenheating or cooling demand.

Benefits Cooling. Heat pump convectors provide, besides heating

capacity, also excellent cooling capacity.

Efficiency. Under floor heating has the best performance withAltherma LT.

Page 11: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

11ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Comfort. The combination of the two heat emitter types provides:

The excellent heating comfort of the under floor heating

The excellent cooling comfort of the heat pump convectors

5.2.2 Multiple rooms – One LWT zoneIf only one leaving water temperature zone is needed because thedesign leaving water temperature of all heat emitters is the same,you do NOT need a mixing valve station (cost effective).

Example: If the heat pump system is used to heat up one floor whereall the rooms have the same heat emitters.

Under floor heating or radiators – ThermostaticvalvesIf you are heating up rooms with under floor heating or radiators, avery common way is to control the temperature of the main room byusing a thermostat (this can either be the user interface or anexternal room thermostat), while the other rooms are controlled byso-called thermostatic valves, which open or close depending on theroom temperature.

Setup

T

B C

A

a

A Main leaving water temperature zoneB Room 1C Room 2a User interface

The under floor heating of the main room is directly connected tothe indoor unit.

The room temperature of the main room is controlled by the userinterface used as thermostat.

A thermostatic valve is installed before the under floor heating ineach of the other rooms.

INFORMATION

Mind situations where the main room can be heated byanother heating source. Example: Fireplaces.

Configuration

Setting ValueUnit temperature control:

#: [A.2.1.7]

Code: [C-07]

2 (RT control): Unit operation isdecided based on the ambienttemperature of the user interface.

Number of water temperaturezones:

#: [A.2.1.8]

Code: [7-02]

0 (1 LWT zone): Main

Benefits Cost effective.

Easy. Same installation as for one room, but with thermostaticvalves.

Under floor heating or radiators – Multiple externalroom thermostats

Setup

M2M1

B C

A

a a

b

A Main leaving water temperature zoneB Room 1C Room 2a External room thermostatb Bypass valve

For each room, a shut-off valve (field supplied) is installed to avoidleaving water supply when there is no heating or cooling demand.

A bypass valve must be installed to make water recirculationpossible when all shut-off valves are closed.

The user interface connected to the indoor unit decides the spaceoperation mode. Mind that the operation mode on each roomthermostat must be set to match the indoor unit.

The room thermostats are connected to the shut-off valves, but doNOT have to be connected to the indoor unit. The indoor unit willsupply leaving water all the time, with the possibility to program aleaving water schedule.

Configuration

Setting ValueUnit temperature control:

#: [A.2.1.7]

Code: [C-07]

0 (LWT control): Unit operation isdecided based on the leavingwater temperature.

Number of water temperaturezones:

#: [A.2.1.8]

Code: [7-02]

0 (1 LWT zone): Main

BenefitsCompared with under floor heating or radiators for one room:

Comfort. You can set the desired room temperature, includingschedules, for each room via the room thermostats.

Heat pump convectors

Setup

B

A

a a

C

A Main leaving water temperature zone

Page 12: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

12ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

B Room 1C Room 2a Remote controller of the heat pump convectors

The desired room temperature is set via the remote controller ofthe heat pump convectors.

The user interface connected to the indoor unit decides the spaceoperation mode.

The heating or cooling demand signals of each heat pumpconvector are connected in parallel to the digital input on theindoor unit (X2M/1 and X2M/4). The indoor unit will only supplyleaving water temperature when there is an actual demand.

INFORMATION

To increase comfort and performance, Daikin recommendsto install the valve kit option EKVKHPC on each heat pumpconvector.

Configuration

Setting ValueUnit temperature control:

#: [A.2.1.7]

Code: [C-07]

1 (Ext RT control): Unit operationis decided by the externalthermostat.

Number of water temperaturezones:

#: [A.2.1.8]

Code: [7-02]

0 (1 LWT zone): Main

BenefitsCompared with heat pump convectors for one room:

Comfort. You can set the desired room temperature, includingschedules, for each room via the remote controller of theheat pump convectors.

Combination: Under floor heating + Heat pumpconvectors

Setup

b

B C

A

a

M1

M1

A Main leaving water temperature zoneB Room 1C Room 2a External room thermostatb Remote controller of the heat pump convectors

For each room with heat pump convectors: The heat pumpconvectors are directly connected to the indoor unit.

For each room with under floor heating: Two shut-off valves (fieldsupply) are installed before the under floor heating:

A shut-off valve to prevent hot water supply when the room hasno heating demand

A shut-off valve to prevent condensation on the floor duringcooling operation of the rooms with heat pump convectors

For each room with heat pump convectors: The desired roomtemperature is set via the remote controller of the heat pumpconvectors.

For each room with under floor heating: The desired roomtemperature is set via the external room thermostat (wired orwireless).

The user interface connected to the indoor unit decides the spaceoperation mode. Mind that the operation mode on each externalroom thermostat and remote controller of the heat pumpconvectors must be set to match the indoor unit.

INFORMATION

To increase comfort and performance, Daikin recommendsto install the valve kit option EKVKHPC on each heat pumpconvector.

Configuration

Setting ValueUnit temperature control:

#: [A.2.1.7]

Code: [C-07]

0 (LWT control): Unit operation isdecided based on the leavingwater temperature.

Number of water temperaturezones:

#: [A.2.1.8]

Code: [7-02]

0 (1 LWT zone): Main

5.2.3 Multiple rooms – Two LWT zonesIf the heat emitters selected for each room are designed for differentleaving water temperatures, you can use different leaving watertemperature zones (maximum 2).

In this document:

Main zone = Zone with the lowest design temperature in heating,and the highest design temperature in cooling

Additional zone = The other zone

CAUTION

When there is more than one leaving water zone, you mustalways install a mixing valve station in the main zone todecrease (in heating)/increase (in cooling) the leavingwater temperature when the additional zone has demand.

Typical example:

Room (zone) Heat emitters: Designtemperature

Living room (main zone) Under floor heating:

In heating: 35°C

In cooling: 20°C (onlyrefreshment, no real coolingallowed)

Bed rooms (additional zone) Heat pump convectors:

In heating: 45°C

In cooling: 12°C

Page 13: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

13ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Setup

B

A

a a

C

E

D

b

cd

A Additional leaving water temperature zoneB Room 1C Room 2D Main leaving water temperature zoneE Room 3a Remote controller of the heat pump convectorsb User interfacec Mixing valve stationd Pressure regulating valve

INFORMATION

A pressure regulating valve should be implemented beforethe mixing valve station. This is to guarantee the correctwater flow balance between the main leaving watertemperature zone and the additional leaving watertemperature zone in relation to the required capacity ofboth water temperature zones.

For the main zone:

A mixing valve station is installed before the under floor heating.

The pump of the mixing valve station is controlled by theON/OFF signal on the indoor unit (X2M/5 and X2M/7; normalclosed shut-off valve output).

The room temperature is controlled by the user interface, whichis used as room thermostat.

For the additional zone:

The heat pump convectors are directly connected to the indoorunit.

The desired room temperature is set via the remote controller ofthe heat pump convectors for each room.

The heating or cooling demand signals of each heat pumpconvector are connected in parallel to the digital input on theindoor unit (X2M/1 and X2M/4). The indoor unit will only supplythe desired additional leaving water temperature when there isan actual demand.

The user interface connected to the indoor unit decides the spaceoperation mode. Mind that the operation mode on each remotecontroller of the heat pump convectors must be set to match theindoor unit.

Configuration

Setting ValueUnit temperature control:

#: [A.2.1.7]

Code: [C-07]

2 (RT control): Unit operation isdecided based on the ambienttemperature of the user interface.

Note:

Main room = user interfaceused as room thermostatfunctionality

Other rooms = external roomthermostat functionality

Number of water temperaturezones:

#: [A.2.1.8]

Code: [7-02]

1 (2 LWT zones): Main +additional

In case of heat pump convectors:

External room thermostat for theadditional zone:

#: [A.2.2.5]

Code: [C-06]

1 (Thermo ON/OFF): When theused external room thermostat orheat pump convector can onlysend a thermo ON/OFFcondition. No separation betweenheating or cooling demand.

Shut-off valve output Set to follow the thermo demandof the main zone.

Shut-off valve If the main zone must be shut offduring cooling mode to preventcondensation on the floor, set itaccordingly.

At the mixing valve station Set the desired main leavingwater temperature for heatingand/or cooling.

Benefits Comfort.

The smart room thermostat functionality can decrease orincrease the desired leaving water temperature based on theactual room temperature (modulation).

The combination of the two heat emitter systems provides theexcellent heating comfort of the under floor heating, and theexcellent cooling comfort of the heat pump convectors.

Efficiency. Depending on the demand, the indoor unit supplies different

leaving water temperature matching the design temperature ofthe different heat emitters.

Under floor heating has the best performance with Altherma LT.

5.3 Setting up an auxiliary heat source forspace heating

Space heating can be done by:

The indoor unit

An auxiliary boiler (field supply) connected to the system

When the room thermostat requests heating, the indoor unit or theauxiliary boiler starts operating depending on the outdoortemperature (status of the changeover to external heat source).When the permission is given to the auxiliary boiler, the spaceheating by the indoor unit is turned OFF.

Bivalent operation is only possible for space heating, NOT fordomestic hot water production. Domestic hot water is alwaysproduced by the DHW tank connected to the indoor unit.

Page 14: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

14ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

INFORMATION

During heating operation of the heat pump, theheat pump operates to achieve the desired temperatureset via the user interface. When weather-dependentoperation is active, the water temperature is determinedautomatically depending on the outdoor temperature.

During heating operation of the auxiliary boiler, theauxiliary boiler operates to achieve the desired watertemperature set via the auxiliary boiler controller.

Setup Integrate the auxiliary boiler as follows: Only for EHBH/X

a b c d e f g h j

FHL1

FHL2

FHL3

M

h

i

il

kf

m

n

Only for EHVH/X

a b c de f

f

g h j

FHL1

FHL2

FHL3

M

h

i

il

k

m

n

a Outdoor unitb Indoor unitc Heat exchangerd Backup heatere Pumpf Shut-off valveg Motorised 3‑way valve (delivered with DHW tank)h Non-return valve (field supply)

i Shut-off valve (field supply)j Collector (field supply)

k Auxiliary boiler (field supply)l Aquastat valve (field supply)

m DHW tank (EHBH/X: option)n Heat exchanger coil

FHL1...3 Under floor heating

NOTICE

Make sure the auxiliary boiler and its integration in thesystem complies with applicable legislation.

Daikin is NOT responsible for incorrect or unsafesituations in the auxiliary boiler system.

Make sure the return water to the heat pump does NOT exceed55°C. To do so:

Set the desired water temperature via the auxiliary boilercontroller to maximum 55°C.

Install an aquastat valve in the return water flow of theheat pump.

Set the aquastat valve to close above 55°C and to open below55°C.

Install non-return valves.

Make sure to only have one expansion vessel in the water circuit.An expansion vessel is already premounted in the indoor unit.

Install the digital I/O PCB (option EKRP1HB).

Connect X1 and X2 (changeover to external heat source) on thePCB to the auxiliary boiler thermostat.

To setup the heat emitters, see "5.2 Setting up the space heating/cooling system" on page 9.

ConfigurationVia the user interface (quick wizard):

Set the use of a bivalent system as external heat source.

Set the bivalent temperature and hysteresis.

NOTICE

Make sure the bivalent hysteresis has enoughdifferential to prevent frequent changeover betweenindoor unit and auxiliary boiler.

Because the outdoor temperature is measured by theoutdoor unit air thermistor, install the outdoor unit in theshadow so that it is NOT influenced or turned ON/OFFby direct sunlight.

Frequent changeover may cause corrosion of theauxiliary boiler. Contact the manufacturer of theauxiliary boiler for more information.

Changeover to external heat source decided by an auxiliarycontact Only possible in external room thermostat control AND one

leaving water temperature zone (see "5.2 Setting up the spaceheating/cooling system" on page 9).

The auxiliary contact can be:

An outdoor temperature thermostat

An electricity tariff contact

A manually operated contact

Page 15: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

15ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Setup: Connect the following field wiring:L

N

H Com

A

K2AK1A

X2M BTI

K2AK1A

Indoor/Auto/Boiler

1 2 3 4 X Y

Indoor

BTI Boiler thermostat inputA Auxiliary contact (normal closed)H Heating demand room thermostat (optional)

K1A Auxiliary relay for activation of indoor unit (fieldsupply)

K2A Auxiliary relay for activation of boiler (field supply)Indoor Indoor unit

Auto AutomaticBoiler Boiler

NOTICE

Make sure the auxiliary contact has enough differentialor time delay to prevent frequent changeover betweenindoor unit and auxiliary boiler.

If the auxiliary contact is an outdoor temperaturethermostat, install the thermostat in the shadow so thatit is NOT influenced or turned ON/OFF by directsunlight.

Frequent changeover may cause corrosion of theauxiliary boiler. Contact the manufacturer of theauxiliary boiler for more information.

5.4 Setting up the domestic hot water tankThe DHW tank can be:

Integrated in the indoor unit

Installed standalone as option

5.4.1 System layout – Integrated DHW tankOnly for EHVH/X.

FHL1

FHL2

FHL3

M

UIa b c d hh if

e

g

a Outdoor unitb Indoor unitc Heat exchangerd Backup heatere Pumpf Motorised 3‑way valveg DHW tankh Shut-off valvei Collector (field supply)

FHL1...3 Under floor heatingUI User interface

5.4.2 System layout – Standalone DHW tankOnly for EHBH/X.

FHL1

FHL2

FHL3

M

a b c d e hf g

f

i j

a Outdoor unitb Indoor unitc Heat exchangerd Backup heatere Pumpf Shut-off valveg Motorised 3‑way valveh Collector (field supply)i DHW tankj Heat exchanger coil

FHL1...3 Under floor heating

5.4.3 Selecting the volume and desiredtemperature for the DHW tank

People experience water as hot when its temperature is 40°C.Therefore, the DHW consumption is always expressed as equivalenthot water volume at 40°C. However, you can set the DHW tanktemperature at a higher temperature (example: 53°C), which is thenmixed with cold water (example: 15°C).

Selecting the volume and desired temperature for the DHW tankconsists of:1 Determining the DHW consumption (equivalent hot water

volume at 40°C).2 Determining the volume and desired temperature for the DHW

tank.

Possible DHW tank volumes

Type Possible volumesIntegrated DHW tank 180 l

260 lStandalone DHW tank 150 l

200 l

300 l

Energy saving tips If the DHW consumption differs from day to day, you can program

a weekly schedule with different desired DHW tank temperaturesfor each day.

The lower the desired DHW tank temperature, the more costeffective. By selecting a larger DHW tank, you can lower thedesired DHW tank temperature.

The heat pump itself can produce domestic hot water of maximum55°C (50°C if outdoor temperature is low). The electricalresistance integrated in the heat pump can higher this

Page 16: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

16ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

temperature. However, this consumes more energy. Daikinrecommends to set the desired DHW tank temperature below55°C to avoid using the electrical resistance.

The higher the outdoor temperature, the better the performance ofthe heat pump.

If energy prices are the same during the day and the night,Daikin recommends to heat up the DHW tank during the day.

If energy prices are lower during the night, Daikin recommendsto heat up the DHW tank during the night.

When the heat pump produces domestic hot water, it cannot heatup a space. When you need domestic hot water and spaceheating at the same, Daikin recommends to produce the domestichot water during the night when there is lower space heatingdemand.

Determining the DHW consumptionAnswer the following questions and calculate the DHW consumption(equivalent hot water volume at 40°C) using the typical watervolumes:

Question Typical water volumeHow many showers are neededper day?

1 shower = 10 min x 10 l/min =100 l

How many baths are needed perday?

1 bath = 150 l

How much water is needed at thekitchen sink per day?

1 sink = 2 min x 5 l/min = 10 l

Are there any other domestic hotwater needs?

Example: If the DHW consumption of a family (4 persons) per day isas follows:

3 showers

1 bath

3 sink volumes

Then the DHW consumption = (3x100 l) + (1x150 l) + (3x10 l) = 480 l

Determining the volume and desired temperature for the DHWtank

Formula ExampleV1 = V2 + V2 x (T2−40) / (40−T1) If:

V2 = 180 l

T2 = 54°C

T1 = 15°C

Then V1 = 280 lV2 = V1 x (40−T1) / (T2−T1) If:

V1 = 480 l

T2 = 54°C

T1 = 15°C

Then V2 = 307 l

V1: DHW consumption (equivalent hot water volume at 40°C)V2: Required DHW tank volume if only heated onceT2: DHW tank temperatureT1: Cold water temperature

5.4.4 Setup and configuration – DHW tank For large DHW consumptions, you can heat up the DHW tank

several times during the day.

To heat up the DHW tank to the desired DHW tank temperature,you can use the following energy sources:

Thermodynamic cycle of the heat pump

Electrical backup heater (for integrated DHW tank)

Electrical booster heater (for standalone DHW tank)

Solar panels

For more information about:

Optimizing the energy consumption for producing domestic hotwater, see "8 Configuration" on page 41.

Connecting the electrical wiring of the standalone DHW tank tothe indoor unit, see the installation manual of the DHW tank.

Connecting the water piping of the standalone DHW tank to theindoor unit, see the installation manual of the DHW tank.

5.4.5 Combination: Standalone DHW tank +Solar panels

By connecting the DHW tank to solar panels, the DHW tank can beheated by solar energy.

For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the solarkit and addendum book for optional equipment.

M

a

c

db

c.1c.2

c.3 e

c.4

f

≥0.5 m

a Solar panelsb Solar pump stationc Solar pump station controller with temperature

sensorsc1 Tank temperature sensorc2 Return temperature sensor to solar panelsc3 Supply temperature with flow meter from solar

panelsc4 Solar panel temperature sensord Solar kite DHW temperature sensor of the unitf Solenoid 2-way valve (only for UK). Obligatory for

compliance to UK building regulation G3. Heating system Example of unit

5.4.6 DHW pump for instant hot water

Setup

c

fa

bg

h

i

a Indoor unitb DHW tankc DHW pumpf Shower

Page 17: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

17ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

g Cold waterh Domestic hot water OUTi Recirculation connection

By connecting a DHW pump, instant hot water can be available atthe tap.

The DHW pump and the installation are field supply and theresponsibility of the installer.

For more information about connecting the recirculationconnection:

for integrated DHW tank, see "7 Installation" on page 26,

for separate DHW tank, see installation manual of DHW tank.

Configuration For more information, see "8 Configuration" on page 41.

You can program a schedule to control the DHW pump via theuser interface. For more information, see the user referenceguide.

5.4.7 DHW pump for disinfection

Setup

c

a

bd f

e g

h

i

a Indoor unitb DHW tankc DHW pumpd Heater elemente Non‑return valvef Showerg Cold waterh Domestic hot water OUTi Recirculation connection

The DHW pump and the installation are field supply and theresponsibility of the installer.

For the integrated DHW tank, the temperature of the DHW tankcan be set to maximum 60°C. If applicable legislation requireshigher temperature for disinfection, you can connect a DHW pumpand heater element as shown above.

If applicable legislation requires disinfection of the water pipinguntil the tapping point, you can connect a DHW pump and heaterelement (if needed) as shown above.

ConfigurationThe indoor unit can control DHW pump operation. For moreinformation, see "8 Configuration" on page 41.

5.5 Setting up the energy metering Via the user interface, you can read out the following energy data:

Produced heat

Consumed energy

You can read out the energy data:

For space heating

For space cooling

For domestic hot water production

You can read out the energy data:

Per month

Per year

INFORMATION

The calculated produced heat and consumed energy arean estimation, the accuracy cannot be guaranteed.

5.5.1 Produced heat Applicable for all models.

The produced heat is calculated internally based on:

The leaving and entering water temperature

The flow rate

The power consumption of the booster heater (if applicable) inthe domestic hot water tank

Setup and configuration:

No additional equipment needed.

Only in case a booster heater is present in the system, measureits capacity (resistance measurement) and set the capacity viathe user interface. Example: If you measure a booster heaterresistance of 17.1 Ω, the capacity of the heater at 230 V is3100 W.

5.5.2 Consumed energyYou can use the following methods to determine the consumedenergy:

Calculating

Measuring

INFORMATION

You cannot combine calculating the consumed energy(example: for backup heater) and measuring theconsumed energy (example: for outdoor unit). If you do so,the energy data will be invalid.

Calculating the consumed energy Only applicable for EHBH/X04+08 and EHVH/X04+08.

The consumed energy is calculated internally based on:

The actual power input of the outdoor unit

The set capacity of the backup heater and booster heater

The voltage

Setup and configuration: To get accurate energy data, measurethe capacity (resistance measurement) and set the capacity viathe user interface for:

The backup heater (step 1 and step 2)

The booster heater

Measuring the consumed energy Applicable for all models.

Preferred method because of higher accuracy.

Requires external power meters.

Setup and configuration:

For the specifications of each type of meter, see "15 Technicaldata" on page 76.

When using electrical power meters, set the number ofpulses/kWh for each power meter via the user interface.Consumed energy data for EHVH/X16 and EHBH/X16 modelswill only be available if this setting is configured.

INFORMATION

When measuring the electrical power consumption, makesure ALL power input of the system is covered by theelectrical power meters.

Page 18: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

18ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

5.5.3 Normal kWh rate power supply

General ruleOne power meter that covers the entire system is sufficient.

SetupConnect the power meter to X5M/7 and X5M/8.

Power meter type

In case of… Use a… power meter Single-phase outdoor unit

Backup heater supplied from asingle-phase grid (i.e. thebackup heater model is *3V or*9W connected to a single-phase grid)

Single-phase

In other cases (i.e. a three-phaseoutdoor unit and/or a *9Wbackup heater model connectedto a three-phase grid)

Three-phase

Example

Single-phase power meter Three-phase power meter

b

5801 50

00

c c

fed g

A B C

a

A Outdoor unit

B Indoor unit

C DHW tank

a Electrical cabinet (L1/N)

b Power meter (L1/N)

c Fuse (L1/N)

d Outdoor unit (L1/N)

e Indoor unit (L1/N)

f Backup heater (L1/N)

g Booster heater (L1/N)

b

5801 50

00

gfe h

A B C

c c d

a

A Outdoor unit

B Indoor unit

C DHW tank

a Electrical cabinet (L1/L2/L3/N)

b Power meter (L1/L2/L3/N)

c Fuse (L1/L2/L3/N)

d Fuse (L1/N)

e Outdoor unit (L1/L2/L3/N)

f Indoor unit (L1/L2/L3/N)

g Backup heater (L1/L2/L3/N)

h Booster heater (L1/N)

Exception You can use a second power meter if:

The power range of one meter is insufficient.

The electrical meter cannot easily be installed in the electricalcabinet.

230 V and 400 V three-phase grids are combined (veryuncommon), because of technical limitations of power meters.

Connection and setup:

Connect the second power meter to X5M/9 and X5M/10.

In the software the power consumption data of both meters isadded so you do NOT have to set which meter covers whichpower consumption. You only need to set the number of pulsesof each power meter.

See "5.5.4 Preferential kWh rate power supply" on page 18 foran example with two power meters.

5.5.4 Preferential kWh rate power supply

General rule Power meter 1: Measures the outdoor unit.

Power meter 2: Measures the rest (i.e. indoor unit, backup heaterand optional booster heater).

Setup Connect power meter 1 to X5M/7 and X5M/8.

Connect power meter 2 to X5M/9 and X5M/10.

Power meter types Power meter 1: Single- or three-phase power meter according to

the power supply of the outdoor unit.

Power meter 2:

In case of a single-phase backup heater configuration, use asingle-phase power meter.

In other cases, use a three-phase power meter.

ExampleSingle-phase outdoor unit with a three-phase backup heater:

5801 50

00

e ef

ihg j

A B C

ba

d

5801 50

00

c

A Outdoor unitB Indoor unitC DHW tanka Electrical cabinet (L1/N): Preferential kWh rate power

supplyb Electrical cabinet (L1/L2/L3/N): Normal kWh rate

power supplyc Power meter (L1/N)d Power meter (L1/L2/L3/N)e Fuse (L1/N)f Fuse (L1/L2/L3/N)g Outdoor unit (L1/N)h Indoor unit (L1/L2/L3/N)i Backup heater (L1/L2/L3/N)j Booster heater (L1/N)

Page 19: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

5 Application guidelines

Installer reference guide

19ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

5.6 Setting up the power consumption control The power consumption control:

Is only applicable for EHBH/X04+08 and EHVH/X04+08.

Allows you to limit the power consumption of the entire system(sum of outdoor unit, indoor unit, backup heater and optionalbooster heater).

Configuration: Set the power limitation level and how it has tobe achieved via the user interface.

The power limitation level can be expressed as:

Maximum running current (in A)

Maximum power input (in kW)

The power limitation level can be activated:

Permanently

By digital inputs

INFORMATION

Power consumption control CANNOT be used inapplications with booster heater.

5.6.1 Permanent power limitationPermanent power limitation is useful to assure a maximum power orcurrent input of the system. In some countries, legislation limits themaximum power consumption for space heating and DHWproduction. Example: The maximum power input depends on thearea of the house and an annual fee has to be paid to the electricalcompany according to the size of the installed field fuse. Bypermanently limiting the maximum power or current of the system,you can install smaller field fuses.

NOTICE

When the current control is intended to reduce the installedfield fuse sizes, the field fuse will trip to protect the fieldwires in case of overcurrents caused by the unit. Makesure the selection of the field fuse complies with applicablelegislation.

Pi

t

DIa

b

Pi Power inputt Time

DI Digital input (power limitation level)a Power limitation activeb Actual power input

Setup and configuration No additional equipment needed.

Set the power consumption control settings in [A.6.3.1] via theuser interface (for the description of all settings, see"8 Configuration" on page 41):

Select full time limitation mode

Select the type of limitation (power in kW or current in A)

Set the desired power limitation level

NOTICE

Mind the following guidelines when selecting the desiredpower limitation level:

Set a minimum power consumption of ±3.6 kW toguarantee defrost operation. Otherwise, if defrosting isinterrupted several times, the heat exchanger willfreeze up.

Set a minimum power consumption of ±3 kW toguarantee space heating and DHW production byallowing at least one electrical heater (backup heaterstep 1 or booster heater).

5.6.2 Power limitation activated by digitalinputs

Power limitation is also useful in combination with an energymanagement system.

The power or current of the entire Daikin system is limiteddynamically by digital inputs (maximum four steps). Each powerlimitation level is set via the user interface by limiting one of thefollowing:

Current (in A)

Power input (in kW)

The energy management system (field supply) decides the activationof a certain power limitation level. Example: To limit the maximumpower of the entire house (lighting, domestic appliances, spaceheating…).

a

b c

A B C

D

12345

A8P

A Outdoor unitB Indoor unitC DHW tankD Energy management systema Power limitation activation (4 digital inputs)b Backup heaterc Booster heater

Pi

t

DI1

DI3

DI4a

b

Pi Power inputt Time

DI Digital inputs (power limitation levels)a Power limitation activeb Actual power input

Setup Demand PCB (option EKRP1AHTA) needed.

Maximum four digital inputs are used to activate thecorresponding power limitation level:

DI1 = weakest limitation (highest energy consumption)

DI4 = strongest limitation (lowest energy consumption)

For the specification and the connection of the digital inputs, see"15.6 Wiring diagram – components: Indoor unit" on page 85.

Page 20: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

6 Preparation

Installer reference guide

20ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

ConfigurationSet the power consumption control settings in [A.6.3.1] via the userinterface (for the description of all settings, see "8 Configuration" onpage 41):

Select activation by digital inputs.

Select the type of limitation (power in kW or current in A).

Set the desired power limitation level corresponding to each digitalinput.

INFORMATION

In case more than 1 digital input is closed (at the sametime), the digital input priority is fixed: DI4 priority>…>DI1.

5.6.3 Power limitation processThe outdoor unit has better efficiency than the electrical heaters.Therefore, the electrical heaters are limited and turned OFF first.The system limits power consumption in the following order:1 Limits certain electrical heaters.

If… has priority Then set the heater priorityvia the user interface to…

Domestic hot water production Booster heater.

Result: The backup heater willbe turned OFF first.

Space heating Backup heater.

Result: The booster heater willbe turned OFF first.

2 Turns OFF all electrical heaters.3 Limits the outdoor unit.4 Turns OFF the outdoor unit.

ExampleIf the configuration is as follows:

Power limitation level does NOT allow operation of both boosterheater and backup heater (step 1 and step 2).

Heater priority = Booster heater.

Then power consumption is limited as follows:

Ph

Cea

b

c

d

e

A B C

Ph Produced heatCe Consumed energyA Outdoor unitB Booster heaterC Backup heatera Limited outdoor unit operationb Full outdoor unit operationc Booster heater turned ONd Backup heater step 1 turned ONe Backup heater step 2 turned ON

5.7 Setting up an external temperature sensorYou can connect one external temperature sensor. It can measurethe indoor or outdoor ambient temperature. Daikin recommends touse an external temperature sensor in the following cases:

Indoor ambient temperature In room thermostat control, the user interface is used as room

thermostat and it measures the indoor ambient temperature.Therefore, the user interface must be installed on a location:

Where the average temperature in the room can be detected

That is NOT exposed to direct sunlight

That is NOT near a heat source

That is NOT affected by outside air or air draught because of,for example, door opening/closing

If this is NOT possible, Daikin recommends to connect a remoteindoor sensor (option KRCS01-1).

Setup: For installation instructions, see the installation manual ofthe remote indoor sensor.

Configuration: Select room sensor [A.2.2.B].

Outdoor ambient temperature In the outdoor unit, the outdoor ambient temperature is measured.

Therefore, the outdoor unit must be installed on a location:

At the north side of the house or at the side of the house wherethe most heat emitters are located

That is NOT exposed to direct sunlight

If this is NOT possible, Daikin recommends to connect a remoteoutdoor sensor (option EKRSCA1).

Setup: For installation instructions, see the installation manual ofthe remote indoor sensor.

Configuration: Select outdoor sensor [A.2.2.B].

During suspend (see "8 Configuration" on page 41), the outdoorunit is turned down to reduce the standby energy losses. As aresult, the outdoor ambient temperature is NOT read out.

If the desired leaving water temperature is weather dependent, thefull time outdoor temperature measurement is important. This isanother reason to install the optional outdoor ambient temperaturesensor.

INFORMATION

The external outdoor ambient sensor data (either averagedor instantaneous) is used in the weather-dependent controlcurves and in the automatic heating/cooling changeoverlogic. To protect the outdoor unit, the internal sensor of theoutdoor unit is always used.

6 Preparation

6.1 Preparing installation siteDo NOT install the unit in places often used as work place. In caseof construction works (e.g. grinding works) where a lot of dust iscreated, the unit must be covered.

Choose the installation location with sufficient place for carrying theunit in and out of the site.

6.1.1 Installation site requirements of theoutdoor unit

Mind the following spacing guidelines:

Page 21: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

6 Preparation

Installer reference guide

21ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

≥1200

>250

>250

>250

>350

>350

(mm)(mm)

a

b

b

a

a Air outletb Air inlet

See "15.1 Dimensions and service space" on page 76 for moredetailed information about spacing guidelines.

NOTICE

Do NOT stack the units on each other.

Do NOT hang the unit on a ceiling.

When the outdoor unit is subject to windy and/or low ambienttemperatures, mind the following guidelines:

Strong winds (≥18 km/h) blowing against the outdoor unit’s air outletcauses short circuit (suction of discharge air). This may result in:

deterioration of the operational capacity;

frequent frost acceleration in heating operation;

disruption of operation due to decrease of low pressure;

a broken fan (if a strong wind blows continuously on the fan, itmay start rotating very fast, until it breaks).

It is recommended to install a baffle plate when the air outlet isexposed to wind.

It is recommended to install the outdoor unit with the air inlet facingthe wall and NOT directly exposed to the wind.

b

a

b

c

a Baffle plateb Prevailing wind directionc Air outlet

Choose a location where the hot/cold air discharged from the unitor the operation noise, will NOT disturb anyone.

Heat exchanger fins are sharp and injury is possible. Choose aninstallation location where there is no risk for injury (especially inareas where children playing).

Do NOT install the unit in sound sensitive areas (e.g. near abedroom and the like), so that the operation noise will cause notrouble.

Note: If the sound is measured under actual installationconditions, the measured value will be higher than the soundpressure level mentioned in "15.10 Sound spectrum" on page 103due to environmental noise and sound reflections.

It is NOT recommended to install the unit in the following placesbecause it may shorten the life of the unit:

in coastal areas or other places where the air contains high levelsof salt. Corrosion may occur,

where the voltage fluctuates a lot,

in vehicles or vessels,

where acidic or alkaline vapour is present.

6.1.2 Additional installation site requirementsof the outdoor unit in cold climates

Protect the outdoor unit against direct snowfall and take care that theoutdoor unit is NEVER snowed up.

a

b

c

c

d

a Snow cover or shedb Pedestalc Prevailing wind directiond Air outlet

The unit should be installed in a way that a minimum of 15 cm freespace is assured below the bottom plate of the unit at all weatherconditions (e.g., heavy snowfall). It is recommended to install theunit at a minimum height of 30 cm. See "7.2 Mounting the outdoorunit" on page 27 for more details.

In heavy snowfall areas it is very important to select an installationsite where the snow will NOT affect the unit. If lateral snowfall ispossible, make sure that the heat exchanger coil is NOT affectedby the snow. If necessary, install a snow cover or shed and apedestal.

6.1.3 Installation site requirements of theindoor unit

Mind the following measurements guidelines:

Maximum refrigerant piping length between indoorunit and outdoor unit

30 m(a)

Minimum refrigerant piping length between indoorunit and outdoor unit

3 m

Maximum height difference between indoor unit andoutdoor unit

20 m

(a) Check the outdoor unit installation manual.

Mind the following spacing installation guidelines:

Page 22: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

6 Preparation

Installer reference guide

22ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

>500

>10>10

(mm)

Do NOT install the unit in places such as:

Where there is mist of mineral oil, oil spray or vapour. Plastic parts may deteriorate, and cause them to fall out or water

to leak.

Do NOT install the unit in sound sensitive areas (e.g. near abedroom and the like), so that the operation noise will cause notrouble.

Note: If the sound is measured under actual installationconditions, the measured value will be higher than the soundpressure level mentioned in "15.10 Sound spectrum" on page 103due to environmental noise and sound reflections.

The foundation must be strong enough to bear the weight of theunit. Take the weight of the unit with a domestic hot water tank fullof water into account.

Make sure, in the event of a water leak, water cannot cause anydamage to the installation space and surroundings.

In places with high humidity (max. RH=85%), for example abathroom.

In places where frost is possible. Ambient temperature around theindoor unit should be >5°C.

The indoor unit is designed for indoor installation only and forambient temperatures ranging 5~35°C in cooling mode and5~30°C in heating mode.

6.2 Preparing refrigerant piping

6.2.1 Refrigerant piping requirements Use piping with annealed temper grade, in function of the pipe

diameter.

The minimal pipe thickness should comply with applicablelegislation. The minimal pipe thickness for R410A piping must bein accordance with the following table.

Pipe for… Outer diameter(Ø)

Pipe thickness(t)

Liquid 6.4 mm (1/4") ≥0.8 mmt

Ø

Gas 15.9 mm (5/8") ≥1.0 mm

6.2.2 Refrigerant piping insulation Use polyethylene foam as insulation material:

with a heat transfer rate between 0.041 and 0.052 W/mK (0.035and 0.045 kcal/mh°C)

with a heat resistance of at least 110°C

Insulation thickness

Pipe outer diameter(Øp)

Insulation innerdiameter (Øi)

Insulation thickness(t)

6.4 mm (1/4") 8~10 mm 10 mm15.9 mm (5/8") 16~20 mm 13 mm

ØiØi

tØpØp

6.3 Preparing water piping

6.3.1 Water circuit requirements Use the indoor unit only in a closed water system.

Using the system in an open water system will lead to excessivecorrosion.

The maximum water pressure is 4 bar.Provide adequate safeguards in the water circuit to ensure thatthe maximum pressure is NOT exceeded.

All installed piping and piping accessories (valve, connections,…)must withstand the following temperatures:

INFORMATION

The following illustration is an example and may NOTmatch your system layout.

M

M

HPC1

HPC2

HPC3

FHL1

FHL2

FHL3

a

b

c d

e f

g f h

i

i

i

i

j k

89°C

65°C

a Outdoor unitb Indoor unitc Heat exchangerd Backup heatere Pumpf Stop valveg Motorised 3-way valveh Motorised 2-way valve (field supply)i Collectorj Domestic hot water tankk Heat exchanger coil

HPC1...3 Heat pump convector (optional)FHL1...3 Floor heating loop

Make all water piping connections in accordance with theapplicable legislation and the outlook diagram that is deliveredwith the unit, respecting the water inlet and outlet.

Do NOT use excessive force when connecting the piping.Deformation of the piping can cause malfunctioning of the unit.

Provide drain taps at all low points of the system in order to allowcomplete drainage of the water circuit.

Page 23: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

6 Preparation

Installer reference guide

23ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Provide a proper drain for the pressure relief valve to avoid waterdripping out of the unit. See "7.5.2 To connect the pressure reliefvalve to the drain" on page 33.

Provide air vents at all high points of the system, which must alsobe easily accessible for servicing. An automatic air purge isprovided in the indoor unit. Check that the air purge is NOTtightened too much, so that automatic release of air in the watercircuit is possible.

Only use materials that are compatible with water used in thesystem and with the materials used in the indoor unit.

Check that all components in the field piping can withstand thewater pressure and water temperature.

When using non-brass metallic piping, insulate the brass and non-brass properly so that they do NOT make contact with each other.This to prevent galvanic corrosion.

Never use Zn-coated parts in the water circuit. Because the unit'sinternal water circuit uses copper piping, excessive corrosion mayoccur.

Only use appropriate tooling to handle brass, which is a softmaterial. If NOT, pipes will get damaged.

Select the water piping diameter in relation to the required waterflow and the available external static pressure of the pump. See"15 Technical data" on page 76 for the external static pressurecurves of the indoor unit.

You can find the minimum required water flow for the indoor unitoperation in the following table. When the water flow is lower, flowerror 7H will be displayed and the indoor unit will be stopped.

Model Minimum water flow (l/min)04 508+16 11

When using a 3-way valve in the water circuit make sure that thedomestic hot water circuit and the floor heating circuit is fullyseparated.

When using a 2-way valve or a 3-way valve in the water circuit,the maximum change-over time of the valve must be 60 seconds.

It is strongly recommended to install an additional filter on theheating water circuit. Especially to remove metallic particles fromthe filed heating piping, it is advised to use a magnetic or cyclonefilter, which can remove small particles. Small particles maydamage the unit and will NOT be removed by the standard filter ofthe heat pump system.

If air, moisture or dust gets into the water circuit, problems mayoccur. To prevent this:

Only use clean pipes

Hold the pipe end downwards when removing burrs.

Cover the pipe end when inserting it through a wall, to preventdust and/or particles entering the pipe.

Use a decent thread sealant to seal connections.

For safety reasons, it is NOT allowed to add any kind of glycol tothe water circuit.

To avoid stagnation of water, it is important that the storagecapacity of the domestic hot water tank meets the dailyconsumption of domestic hot water.In cases where during longer periods of time there is noconsumption of hot water, the equipment must be flushed withfresh water before usage.The disinfection function provided on the equipment is specified inthe operation manual of the indoor unit.

It is recommended to avoid long runs of piping between thedomestic hot water tank and the hot water end point (shower,bath,…) and to avoid dead ends.

The installation must be in compliance with the applicablelegislation and may require additional hygienic installationmeasures.

In accordance with the applicable legislation, it may be necessaryto install thermostatic mixing valves.

Immediately after installation, the domestic hot water tank must beflushed with fresh water. This procedure must be repeated at leastonce a day the first 5 consecutive days after installation.

In accordance with the applicable legislation, it may be required toconnect a recirculation pump in between the hot water end pointand the recirculation connection of the domestic hot water tank.

c

da b

a Recirculation connectionb Hot water connectionc Showerd Recirculation pump

6.3.2 Formula to calculate the expansion vesselpre-pressure

The pre-pressure (Pg) of the vessel depends on the installationheight difference (H):

Pg=0.3+(H/10) (bar)

6.3.3 To check the water volumeThe indoor unit has an expansion vessel of 10 litre with a factory setpre-pressure of 1 bar.

To make sure that the unit operates properly:

You must check the minimum and maximum water volume.

You might need to adjust the pre-pressure of the expansionvessel.

Minimum water volumeCheck that the total water volume in the installation is minimum10 liter, the internal water volume of the indoor unit NOT included.

INFORMATION

In critical processes, or in rooms with a high heat load,extra water might be required.

NOTICE

When circulation in each space heating loop is controlledby remotely controlled valves, it is important that theminimum water volume is guaranteed, even if all of thevalves are closed.

FHL1

FHL2

FHL3

M1

T1

M2

T2

M3

T3

fdcba

f

g h

e

a Outdoor unitb Indoor unitc Heat exchangerd Backup heatere Pumpf Shut-off valveg Collector (field supply)

Page 24: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

6 Preparation

Installer reference guide

24ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

h By-pass valve (field supply)FHL1...3 Floor heating loop (field supply)

T1...3 Individual room thermostat (optional)M1...3 Individual motorised valve to control loop FHL1...3

(field supply)

Maximum water volumeUse the following graph to determine the maximum water volume forthe calculated pre-pressure.

0.3

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

10050010 150 200 250 300 350 400 450

a

b

a Pre-pressure (bar)b Maximum water volume (l)

Example: Maximum water volume and expansion vessel pre-pressure

Installationheight

difference(a)

Water volume≤280 l >280 l

≤7 m No pre-pressureadjustment is required.

Do the following:

Decrease the pre-pressure.

Check if the watervolume does NOTexceed the maximumallowed water volume.

>7 m Do the following:

Increase the pre-pressure.

Check if the watervolume does NOTexceed the maximumallowed water volume.

The expansion vessel ofthe indoor unit is toosmall for the installation.

(a) This is the height difference (m) between the highest point of thewater circuit and the indoor unit. If the indoor unit is at the highestpoint of the installation, the installation height is 0 m.

6.3.4 Changing the pre-pressure of theexpansion vessel

NOTICE

Only a licensed installer may adjust the pre-pressure of theexpansion vessel.

When changing the default pre-pressure of the expansion vessel(1 bar) is required, take following guidelines into account:

Only use dry nitrogen to set the expansion vessel pre-pressure.

Inappropriate setting of the expansion vessel pre-pressure willlead to malfunction of the system.

Changing the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel should be doneby releasing or increasing nitrogen pressure through the schrädervalve of the expansion vessel.

a

a Schräder valve

6.3.5 To check the water volume: ExamplesExample 1

The indoor unit is installed 5 m below the highest point in the watercircuit. The total water volume in the water circuit is 100 l.

No actions or adjustments are required.

Example 2

The indoor unit is installed at the highest point in the water circuit.The total water volume in the water circuit is 350 l.

Actions:

Because the total water volume (350 l) is more than the defaultwater volume (280 l), the pre-pressure must be decreased.

The required pre-pressure is: Pg = (0.3+(H/10)) bar = (0.3+(0/10)) bar=0.3 bar.

The corresponding maximum water volume at 0.3 bar is 410 l.(See the graph in the chapter above).

Because 350 l is lower than 410 l, the expansion vessel isappropriate for the installation.

6.4 Preparing electrical wiring

6.4.1 About preparing electrical wiring

WARNING

If the power supply has a missing or wrong N-phase,equipment will break down.

Establish proper earthing. Do NOT earth the unit to autility pipe, surge absorber, or telephone earth.Incomplete earthing may cause electrical shock.

Install the required fuses or circuit breakers.

Secure the electrical wiring with cable ties so that thecables do NOT come in contact with the piping or sharpedges, particularly on the high-pressure side

Do NOT use taped wires, stranded conductor wires,extension cords, or connections from a star system.They can cause overheating, electrical shock or fire.

Do NOT install a phase advancing capacitor, becausethis unit is equipped with an inverter. A phaseadvancing capacitor will reduce performance and maycause accidents.

Page 25: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

6 Preparation

Installer reference guide

25ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

WARNING

All wiring must be performed by an authorizedelectrician and must comply with the applicablelegislation.

Make electrical connections to the fixed wiring.

All components procured on the site and all electricalconstruction must comply with the applicablelegislation.

WARNING

The backup heater should have a dedicated power supply.

WARNING

Always use multicore cable for power supply cables.

6.4.2 About preferential kWh rate power supplyElectricity companies throughout the world work hard to providereliable electric service at competitive prices and are oftenauthorized to bill clients at benefit rates. E.g. time-of-use rates,seasonal rates, Wärmepumpentarif in Germany and Austria, ...

This equipment allows for connection to such preferential kWh ratepower supply delivery systems.

Consult with the electricity company acting as provider at the sitewhere this equipment is to be installed to know whether it isappropriate to connect the equipment in one of the preferential kWhrate power supply delivery systems available, if any.

When the equipment is connected to such preferential kWh ratepower supply, the electricity company is allowed to:

interrupt power supply to the equipment for certain periods of time;

demand that the equipment only consumes a limited amount ofelectricity during certain periods of time.

The indoor unit is designed to receive an input signal by which theunit switches into forced off mode. At that moment, the outdoor unitcompressor will not operate.

Whether the power supply is interrupted or not, the wiring to the unitis different.

6.4.3 Overview of electrical connections except external actuators

Normal power supply Preferential kWh rate power supplyPower supply is NOT interrupted Power supply is interrupted

1

5801 50

00

2

a

3 14

5801 50

00

2

b

3

During preferential kWh rate power supplyactivation, power supply is NOT interrupted.The outdoor unit is turned off by the control.Remark: The electricity company must alwaysallow the power consumption of the indoorunit.

5 3

a b

14

5801 50

00 5801 50

00

2

During preferential kWh rate power supplyactivation, power supply is interruptedimmediately or after some time by theelectricity company. In this case, the indoorunit must be powered by a separate normalpower supply.

a Normal power supplyb Preferential kWh rate power supply1 Power supply for outdoor unit2 Power supply and interconnection cable to indoor

unit3 Power supply for backup heater4 Preferential kWh rate power supply (voltage free

contact)5 Normal kWh rate power supply (to power the indoor

unit PCB in the event of power supply interruption ofthe preferential kWh rate power supply)

6.4.4 Overview of electrical connections forexternal and internal actuators

The following illustration shows the required field wiring.

INFORMATION

The following illustration is an example and may NOTmatch your system layout.

M

a

16

21

14

19

15

20

12

6

13

14

17

18

a Indoor unit

Item Description Wires Maximumrunningcurrent

Outdoor unit and indoor unit power supply1 Power supply for

outdoor unit2+GND or3+GND

(a)

2 Power supply andinterconnection cable toindoor unit

3 (c)

Page 26: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

26ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Item Description Wires Maximumrunningcurrent

3 Power supply forbackup heater

See table below. —

4 Preferential kWh ratepower supply (voltagefree contact)

2 (d)

5 Normal kWh rate powersupply

2 6.3 A

User interface6 User interface 2 (e)

Optional equipment11 Power supply for

bottom plate heater2 (b)

12 Room thermostat 3 or 4 100 mA(b)

13 Outdoor ambienttemperature sensor

2 (b)

14 Indoor ambienttemperature sensor

2 (b)

15 Heat pump convector 4 100 mA(b)

Field supplied components16 Shut-off valve 2 100 mA(b)

17 Electricity meter 2 (per meter) (b)

18 Domestic hot waterpump

2 (b)

19 Alarm output 2 (b)

20 Changeover to externalheat source control

2 (b)

21 Space cool/heatoperation control

2 (b)

22 Power consumptiondigital inputs

2 (per inputsignal)

(b)

(a) Refer to name plate on outdoor unit.(b) Minimum cable section 0.75 mm².(c) Cable section 2.5 mm².(d) Cable section 0.75 mm² till 1.25 mm²; maximum length: 50 m.

Voltage-free contact shall ensure the minimum applicable load of15 V DC, 10 mA.

(e) Cable section 0.75 mm² till 1.25 mm²; maximum length: 500 m.Applicable for both single user interface and dual use interfaceconnection.

NOTICE

More technical specifications of the different connectionsare indicated on:

Wiring diagram in the switch box of the unit

"15.6 Wiring diagram" on page 85

Backup heatertype

Power supply Required number ofconductors

*3V 1x 230 V 2+GND*9W 1x 230 V 2+GND + 2 bridges

3x 230 V 3+GND + 1 bridge3x 400 V 4+GND

7 Installation

7.1 Opening the units

7.1.1 To open the outdoor unit1 Remove 1 screw from the service cover.

1x

1

2

2

2 Remove the service cover.

7.1.2 To open the indoor unit1 Loosen and remove the screws at the bottom of the unit.

2 Slide the front panel of the unit downwards and remove it.

CAUTION

The front panel is heavy. Be careful NOT to jam yourfingers when opening or closing the unit.

3 Loosen and remove the 4 screws that fix the top panel.

4 Remove the top panel from the unit.

2x

4x

1

3

4

2

Page 27: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

27ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

7.1.3 To open the switch box cover of theindoor unit

4x

7.2 Mounting the outdoor unit

7.2.1 To prepare the installation structureCheck the strength and level of the installation ground so that theunit will not cause any operating vibration or noise.

Fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts in accordancewith the foundation drawing.

If the unit is installed directly on the floor, prepare 4 sets of M8 orM10 anchor bolts, nuts and washers (field supply) as follows:

INFORMATION

The maximum height of the upper protruding part of thebolts is 15 mm.

283

580

<100

(mm)

<100

>300

In order to guarantee good operation of the unit in areas with risk ofsnowfall, a minimum of 10 cm needs to be assured below the bottomplate of the unit. It is recommended to construct a pedestal with thesame height as the maximum snowfall height. On this pedestal it isthen recommended to install the EKFT008CA option kit to guaranteethe minimum space of 10 cm below the bottom plate of the unit.

283

580

<150

<150

(mm)

>300

100

a

b

a Maximum snowfall heightb EKFT008CA option kit

If the unit is installed on brackets to the wall, it is advised to use theEKFT008CA option kit and to install the unit as follows:

>250

>300

>250

(mm)

a

b

a Maximum snowfall heightb EKFT008CA option kit

Page 28: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

28ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

7.2.2 To prepare drain work Avoid installation places where water leaking from the unit due to

a blocked drain pan, cause damage to the location.

Make sure that condensation water can be evacuated properly.

Install the unit on a base to make sure that there is a properdrainage in order to avoid ice accumulation.

Prepare a water drainage channel around the foundation to drainwaste water surrounding the unit.

Avoid drain water flowing over the footpath, so that it does notbecome slippery in case of ambient freezing temperatures.

If you install the unit on a frame, install a waterproof plate within150 mm of the underside of the unit in order to prevent theinvasion of water in the unit and to avoid the drain water dripping(see the following illustration).

NOTICE

If the drain holes of the outdoor unit are blocked up,provide space of at least 300 mm below the outdoor unit.

An additional drain pan kit (EKDP008CA) can be used to gather thedrain water. The drain pan kit consists of:

a

b

a Drain panb U-beams

283 mm

580 mm

7.2.3 To install the outdoor unit

CAUTION

Do NOT remove the protective cardboard before the unit isinstalled properly.

1 Lift the outdoor unit as described in "3.1.2 To remove theaccessories from the outdoor unit" on page 6.

2 Install the outdoor unit as follows:

2x

2

a a

1

a Air outlet

NOTICE

The pedestal MUST be aligned with the backside of theU‑beam.

Page 29: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

29ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

3 Remove the protective cardboard and instruction sheet.

b

a

a Protective cardboardb Instruction sheet

7.2.4 To prevent the outdoor unit from fallingover

In case the unit is installed in places where strong wind can tilt theunit, take following measure:

1 Prepare 2 cables as indicated in the following illustration (fieldsupply).

2 Place the 2 cables over the outdoor unit.

3 Insert a rubber sheet between the cables and the outdoor unitto prevent the cable from scratching the paint (field supply).

4 Attach the cable’s ends. Tighten those ends.

7.3 Mounting the indoor unit

7.3.1 To install the indoor unit1 Lift the indoor unit from the pallet and place it on the floor.

120kg

3x1

2

2 Slide the indoor unit into position.

3 Adjust the height of the leveling feet to compensate for floorirregularities. The maximum allowed deviation is 1°.

≤1°

7.4 Connecting the refrigerant piping

DANGER: RISK OF BURNING

CAUTION

Do NOT use mineral oil on flared part.

Do NOT reuse piping from previous installations.

NEVER install a drier to this R410A unit to guaranteeits lifetime. The drying material may dissolve anddamage the system.

NOTICE

Take the following precautions on refrigerant piping intoaccount:

Avoid anything but the designated refrigerant to getmixed into the refrigerant cycle (e.g. air).

Only use R410A when adding refrigerant.

Only use installation tools (e.g. manifold gauge set) thatare exclusively used for R410A installations towithstand the pressure and to prevent foreign materials(e.g. mineral oils and moisture) from mixing into thesystem.

Install the piping so that the flare is NOT subjected tomechanical stress

Use caution when passing copper tubes through walls.

Protect the piping as described in the following table toprevent dirt, liquid or dust from entering the piping.

Page 30: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

30ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Unit Installation period Protection methodOutdoor unit >1 month Pinch the pipe

<1 month Pinch or tape the pipeIndoor unit Regardless of the

period

INFORMATION

Do NOT open the refrigerant stop valve before checkingthe refrigerant piping. When you need to charge additionalrefrigerant it is recommended to open the refrigerant stopvalve after charging.

Take the following guidelines into account when connecting pipes:

Coat the flare inner surface with ether oil or ester oil whenconnecting a flare nut. Tighten 3 or 4 turns by hand, beforetightening firmly.

Always use two wrenches together when loosening a flare nut.

Always use a spanner and torque wrench together to tighten theflare nut when connecting the piping. This to prevent nut crackingand leaks.

a b

c

d

a Torque wrenchb Spannerc Piping uniond Flare nut

Piping size(mm)

Tighteningtorque (N•m)

Flaredimensions

(mm)

Flare shape(mm)

Ø6.4 15~17 8.7~9.1

R=0.4~0.8

45° ±2

90°±2

AØ15.9 63~75 19.3~19.7

7.4.1 Pipe bending guidelinesUse a pipe bender for bending. All pipe bends should be as gentleas possible (bending radius should be 30~40 mm or larger).

7.4.2 To flare the pipe end

CAUTION

Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.

Do NOT re-use flares. Use new flares to prevent forrefrigerant gas leakage.

Use flare nuts that are included with the unit. Usingdifferent flare nuts may cause to refrigerant gasleakage.

1 Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.

2 Remove burrs with the cut surface lacing downward so that thechips does not enter the pipe.

a b

a Cut exactly at right angles.

b Remove burrs.

3 Remove the flare nut from the stop valve and put the flare nuton the pipe.

4 Flare the pipe. Set exactly at the position as shown in thefollowing illustration.

A

Conventional flare tool Flare tool for

R410A (clutchtype)

Clutch type(Ridgid-type)

Wing nut type (Imperial-type)

A 0~0.5 mm 1.0~1.5 mm 1.5~2.0 mm

5 Check that the flaring is properly made.

a b

c

a Flare’s inner surface must be flawless.b The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect

circle.c Make sure the flare nut is lifted.

7.4.3 To braze the pipe endThe indoor unit and outdoor unit have flare connections. Connectboth ends without brazing. If brazing should be needed, take thefollowing into account:

When brazing, blow through with nitrogen to prevent creation oflarge quantities of oxidized film on the inside of the piping. Thisfilm adversely affects valves and compressors in the refrigeratingsystem and prevents proper operation.

Set the nitrogen pressure to 20 kPa (just enough so it can be felton the skin) with a pressure-reducing valve.

a b c d e

ff

a Refrigerant pipingb Part to be brazedc Tapingd Manual valvee Pressure-reducing valvef Nitrogen

Do NOT use anti-oxidants when brazing pipe joints.

Do NOT use flux when brazing copper-to-copper refrigerantpiping. Use phosphor copper brazing filler alloy (BCuP), whichdoes not require flux.

7.4.4 To handle the stop valveTake the following guidelines into account:

The stop valves are factory closed.

The following illustration shows each part required in handling thevalve.

c

d

a

b

a Service port and service port cap

Page 31: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

31ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

b Valve stemc Field piping connectiond Stem cap

Keep both stop valves open during operation.

Do NOT apply excessive force to the valve stem. Doing so maybreak the valve body.

Always make sure to secure the stop valve with a spanner, thenloosen or tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench. Do NOT placethe spanner on the stem cap, as this could cause a refrigerantleak.

a

b

a Spannerb Torque wrench

When it is expected that the operating pressure will be low (e.g.when cooling will be performed while the outside air temperatureis low), sufficiently seal the flare nut in the stop valve on the gasline with silicon sealant to prevent freezing.

Silicon sealant, make sure there is no gap.

7.4.5 To open/close the stop valve1 Remove the valve cover

2 Insert a hexagon wrench (liquid side: 4 mm, gas side: 6 mm)into the valve stem and turn the valve stem:

Counterclockwise to open. Clockwise to close.

3 When the valve stem cannot be turned any further, stop turning.The valve is now opened/closed.

7.4.6 To handle the stem capTake the following guidelines into account:

The stem cap is sealed where indicated with the arrow. Do NOTdamage it.

After handling the stop valve, make sure to tighten the stem capsecurely.

For the tightening torque, refer to the following table.

Check for refrigerant leaks after tightening the stem cap.

Item Tightening torque (N∙m)Stem cap, liquid side 13.5~16.5Stem cap, gas side 22.5~27.5Service port cap 11.5~13.9

7.4.7 To handle the service capTake the following guidelines into account:

Always use a charge hose equipped with a valve depressor pin,since the service port is a Schrader type valve.

After handling the service port, tighten the service port capsecurely. For the tightening torque, refer to the table in chapter"7.4.6 To handle the stem cap" on page 31.

Check for refrigerant leaks after tightening the service port cap.

7.4.8 To connect the refrigerant piping to theoutdoor unit

1 Connect the liquid refrigerant connection from the indoor unit tothe liquid stop valve of the outdoor unit.

a

bc

a Liquid stop valveb Gas stop valvec Service port

2 Connect the gas refrigerant connection from the indoor unit tothe refrigerant stop valve of the outdoor unit.

7.4.9 To connect the refrigerant piping to theindoor unit

1 Connect the liquid stop valve from the outdoor unit to therefrigerant liquid connection of the indoor unit.

a b

a Refrigerant liquid connectionb Refrigerant gas connection

2 Connect the gas stop valve from the outdoor unit to therefrigerant gas connection of the indoor unit.

NOTICE

It is recommended that the refrigerant piping betweenindoor and outdoor unit is installed in a ducting or therefrigerant piping is wrapped with finishing tape.

7.4.10 About checking the refrigerant pipingChecking the refrigerant piping typically consists of:

1 Checking for leaks.

Page 32: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

32ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

2 Performing vacuum drying.

NOTICE

Use a 2-stage vacuum pump with a non-return valve thatcan evacuate to a gauge pressure of −100.7 kPa (5 Torrabsolute).

NOTICE

Use this vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using thesame pump for other refrigerants may damage the pumpand the unit.

NOTICE

Connect the vacuum pump to the service port of thegas stop valve.

Make sure that the gas stop valve and liquid stop valveare firmly closed before performing the leak test orvacuum drying.

Keep in mind the following guidelines:

The piping inside the unit has been factory tested for leaks.

If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from therefrigerant pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump. Thencharge additional refrigerant.

7.4.11 To check for leaks

NOTICE

Do NOT exceed the maximum operation pressure of4000 kPa (40 bar).

Only use recommended bubble test solution.

1 Charge the system with nitrogen gas up to a gauge pressure ofat least 200 kPa (2 bar).

2 Check for leaks by applying the bubble test solution to allconnections.

3 Discharge all nitrogen gas.

INFORMATION

After opening the stop valve, it is possible that the pressurein the refrigerant piping does NOT increase. This might becaused by e.g. the closed state of the expansion valve inthe outdoor unit circuit, but does NOT present any problemfor correct operation of the unit.

7.4.12 To perform vacuum dryingConnect the vacuum pump and manifold as follows:

a d

j

b

f

e

c

g h i

h

a Pressure meterb Gauge manifoldc Low-pressure valve (Lo)d High-pressure valve (Hi)e Charging hosesf Vacuum pumpg Service porth Valve lidsi Gas stop valve

j Liquid stop valve

1 Vacuum the system until the pressure on the manifold indicates−0.1 MPa (−1 bar).

2 Leave as is for 4-5 minutes and check the pressure:

If the pressure… Then…Does not change There is no moisture in the

system. This procedure isfinished.

Increases There is moisture in thesystem. Go to the next step.

3 Evacuate for at least 2 hours to a pressure on the manifold of−0.1 MPa (−1 bar).

4 After turning OFF the pump, check the pressure for at least1 hour.

5 If you do NOT reach the target vacuum or cannot maintain thevacuum for 1 hour, do the following: Check for leaks again. Perform vacuum drying again.

NOTICE

Be sure to open the gas stop valve after piping installationand vacuuming. Running the system with the valve closed,the compressor may break down.

7.4.13 To determine the additional refrigerantamount

If the total liquid piping lengthis…

Then…

≤10 m Do NOT add additionalrefrigerant.

>10 m Add 20 g refrigerant per extrameter (above 10 m).

7.4.14 To calculate the complete rechargeamount

INFORMATION

If a complete recharge is necessary, the total refrigerantcharge is: the factory refrigerant charge (see unit nameplate) + the determined additional amount.

7.4.15 To charge refrigerant

WARNING

Only use R410A as refrigerant. Other substances maycause explosions and accidents.

R410A contains fluorinated greenhouse gases coveredby the Kyoto Protocol. Its global warming potentialvalue is 1975. Do NOT vent these gases into theatmosphere.

When charging refrigerant, always use protectivegloves and safety glasses.

CAUTION

Do NOT charge the refrigerant more than the specifiedamount, to avoid compressor breakdown.

Other guidelines:

Only use tools exclusively for R410A to ensure pressureresistance and to prevent foreign materials from entering into thesystem.

Check whether the refrigerant cylinder is equipped with a siphontube (the marking "liquid filling siphon attached" should bepresent).

Page 33: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

33ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Charge the liquidrefrigerant with thecylinder in uprightposition.

Charge the liquidrefrigerant with the cylinderin up-side-down position.

Open refrigerant cylinders slowly.

Charge the refrigerant in liquid form. Adding it in gas form mayprevent normal operation.

1 Connect the refrigerant cylinder to the service port.

2 Charge the additional refrigerant amount.

3 Open the gas stop valve.

If pump down is needed in case of dismantling or relocate thesystem, see "13.1 To pump down" on page 74 for more details.

7.4.16 To fix the fluorinated greenhouse gaseslabel

NOTICE

National implementation of EU regulation on certainfluorinated greenhouse gases may require to provide theappropriate official language on the unit. Therefore, anadditional multilingual fluorinated greenhouse gases labelis supplied with the unit.

1 Fill in the label as follows:

d

c

b

a

a From the multilingual fluorinated greenhouse gaseslabel peal off the applicable language and stick it ontop of a.

b Factory refrigerant charge: see unit name platec Additional refrigerant amount chargedd Total refrigerant charge

2 Fix the label on the inside of the outdoor unit near the gas andliquid stop valves.

7.5 Connecting the water piping

7.5.1 To connect the water piping

NOTICE

Do NOT use excessive force when connecting the piping.Deformation of the piping can cause malfunctioning of theunit.

To facilitate service and maintenance, 2 shut-off valves are provided.Mount the valves on the water inlet and on the water outlet. Mindtheir the position. Orientation of the integrated drain and fill valves isimportant for servicing.

1 Install the shut-off valves on the water pipes.

a c bd

a Space heating/cooling water outb Space heating/cooling water inc Domestic hot water outd Domestic cold water in (cold water supply)

NOTICE

It is recommended to install shut-off valves to domesticcold water in and domestic hot water out connections.Shut-off valves are field supplied.

NOTICE

To avoid damage to the surroundings in case of waterleakage, it is recommended to close the cold water inletstop valves during periods of absence.

2 Screw the indoor unit nuts on the shut-off valves.

3 Connect the domestic hot water in and out pipes to the indoorunit.

NOTICE

A drain device and pressure relief device should beinstalled on the cold water inlet connection of thedomestic hot water cylinder.

To avoid back siphonage, it is recommended to install anon-return valve on the water inlet of the domestic hotwater tank in accordance with the applicable legislation.

It is recommended to install a pressure reducing valveon the cold water inlet in accordance with theapplicable legislation.

An expansion vessel should be installed on the coldwater inlet in accordance with the applicable legislation.

It is recommended to install the pressure relief valve onhigher position as top of the domestic hot water tank.Heating of the domestic hot water tank causes water toexpand and without pressure relief valve the waterpressure inside the tank can rise above the tank designpressure. Also the field installation (piping, tappingpoints, etc.) connected to the tank is subjected to thishigh pressure. To prevent this, a pressure relieve valveneeds to be installed.The overpressure prevention depends on the correctoperation of the field installed pressure relief valve. Ifthis is NOT working correctly, overpressure will deformthe tank and water leakage may occur. To confirmgood operation, regular maintenance is required.

7.5.2 To connect the pressure relief valve to thedrain

The blow out of the pressure relief valve is coming out of thebackside of the unit.

a

a Pressure relief blow-out

Page 34: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

34ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

The blow out should be connected to an appropriate drain accordingto the applicable legislation. It is recommended to use a tundish.

7.5.3 To fill the water circuit1 Connect the water supply hose to the fill valve.

2 Open the fill valve.

3 Make sure that the automatic air purge valve is open (at least 2turns).

INFORMATION

For location of the air purge valve, see"15.3.3 Components: Indoor unit" on page 80.

4 Fill the circuit with water until the manometer indicates apressure of ±2.0 bar.

5 Purge as much air as possible from the water circuit.

NOTICE

Air in the water circuit can cause malfunctioning of thebackup heater. During filling, it may not be possible toremove all the air from the circuit. Remaining air will beremoved through the automatic air purge valves duringthe initial operating hours of the system. Additionalfilling with water afterwards may be required.

To purge the system, use the special function asdescribed in the chapter "9 Commissioning" onpage 66. This function should be used to purge theheat exchanger coil of the domestic hot water tank.

6 Close the fill valve.

7 Disconnect the water supply hose from the fill valve.

NOTICE

The water pressure indicated on the manometer will varydepending on the water temperature (higher pressure athigher water temperature).

However, at all times water pressure shall remain above1 bar to avoid air entering the circuit.

7.5.4 To fill the domestic hot water tank1 Open every hot water tap in turn to purge air from the system

pipe work.

2 Open the cold water supply valve.

3 Close all water taps after all air is purged.

4 Check for water leaks.

5 Manually operate the field installed pressure relief valve toensure that free water flow through the discharge pipe.

7.5.5 To insulate the water pipingThe piping in the complete water circuit must be insulated to preventcondensation during cooling operation and reduction of the heatingand cooling capacity.

If the temperature is higher than 30°C and the humidity is higherthan RH 80%, the thickness of the sealing materials should be atleast 20 mm to prevent condensation on the surface of the sealing.

7.5.6 To connect the recirculation piping1 Loosen and remove the screws at the bottom of the unit.

2 Slide the front panel of the unit downwards and remove it.

3 Loosen and remove the 4 screws that fix the top panel.

4 Remove the top panel from the unit.

2x

4x

1

3

4

2

5 Remove the expansion vessel.

6 Remove the upper insulation cover of the unit.

a

b

a Knock-out holeb Connection for recirculation piping

7 Remove the knock-out hole at the backside of the unit.

8 Connect the recirculation piping to the recirculation connectionand route the piping through the knock-out hole at the backsideof the unit.

9 Remove the indicated part in the figure below.

Page 35: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

35ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

10 Re-attach the insulation, expansion vessel and casing.

7.6 Connecting the electrical wiring

DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION

INFORMATION

More information about the legend and the location of thewiring diagram of the unit can be found in "15.6 Wiringdiagram" on page 85.

WARNING

Always use multicore cable for power supply cables.

7.6.1 About electrical compliance

Only for ERLQ006CAV3+ERLQ008CAV3Equipment complying with EN/IEC 61000‑3‑12 (European/International Technical Standard setting the limits for harmoniccurrents produced by equipment connected to public low-voltagesystems with input current >16 A and ≤75 A per phase.).

Only for indoor units

See "7.6.5 To connect the backup heater power supply" onpage 37.

7.6.2 To connect the electrical wiring on theoutdoor unit

1 Remove the 2 switch box cover screws.

2 Remove the switch box cover.

2x

11

2

3 Strip insulation (20 mm) from the wires.a b

a Strip wire end to this point Excessive strip length may cause electrical shock or

leakage.

4 Open the wire clamp.

5 Connect the interconnection cable and power supply as follows:

3x

1 2 3

6 Install the switch box cover.

If stranded conductor wires are being used, install a round crimp-style terminal on the tip. Place the round crimp-style terminal onthe wire up to the covered part and fasten the terminal with theappropriate tool.

b a

a Stranded conductor wireb Round crimp-stryle terminal

Use the following methods for installing wires:

Wire type Installation methodSingle core wire cb

c

aa

A

AA´

a Curled single core wire

b Screw

c Flat washerStranded conductorwire with round crimp-style terminal

c b ba c

a

B

B

a Terminal

b Screw

c Flat washer

7.6.3 To connect the electrical wiring on theindoor unit

1 To open the indoor unit, see "7.1.2 To open the indoor unit" onpage 26 and "7.1.3 To open the switch box cover of the indoorunit" on page 27.

2 Wiring should enter the unit from the top:

Page 36: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

36ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

a b+c

3 Routing of the wiring inside the unit should be as follows:

a b+c

4 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings toensure strain relief and to make sure that it does NOT come incontact with the piping and sharp edges.

INFORMATION

Only applicable for indoor units with 260 liter tank. Toaccess the domestic hot water temperature sensor, theswitch box can be tilt. The switch box should NOT beremoved from the unit.

Routing Possible cables (depending on unit type and installed options)a

Low voltage

User interface

Power consumption digital inputs (field supply)

Outdoor ambient temperature sensor (option)

Indoor ambient temperature sensor (option)

Electrical meters (field supply)b

High voltage power supply

Interconnection cable

Normal kWh rate power supply

Preferential kWh rate power supply

Power supply for backup heater

Power supply for bottom plate heater (option)c

High voltage control signal

Preferential power supply contact

Heat pump convector (option)

Room thermostat (option)

Shut-off valve (field supply)

Domestic hot water pump (field supply)

Alarm output

Changeover to external heat source control

Space cool/heat operation control

CAUTION

Do NOT push or place redundant cable length in the unit.7.6.4 To connect the main power supply

Page 37: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

37ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

1 Connect the main power supply.In case of normal kWh rate power supply

X1M

1 2 3

1 2 3

X2M

X5M

X6YB

X6YAX6Y

X1A X19A

30 31

a

Legend: see illustration below.

In case of preferential kWh rate power supply

X1M

1 2 3

1 2

L N

L N 3

X2M

X5M

X6YB

X6YA

X6Y

X1A X19A

S1S

30 31

3 4

abc

a Interconnection cable (=main power supply)b Normal kWh rate power supplyc Preferential power supply contact

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

INFORMATION

In case of preferential kWh rate power supply, thenecessity of separate normal kWh rate power supply toindoor unit (b) X2M30/31 depends on the type ofpreferential kWh rate power supply.

Separate connection to the indoor unit is required:

if preferential kWh rate power supply is interrupted whenactive, OR

if no power consumption of the indoor unit is allowed atthe preferential kWh rate power supply when active.

7.6.5 To connect the backup heater powersupply

The backup heater capacity can vary, depending on the indoor unitmodel. Make sure that the power supply is in accordance with thebackup heater capacity, as listed in the table below.

Backupheater type

Backupheater

capacity

Powersupply

Maximumrunningcurrent

Zmax(Ω)

*3V 3 kW 1~ 230 V 13 A —*9W 3 kW 1~ 230 V 13 A —

6 kW 1~ 230 V 26 A(a)(b) 0.29

Backupheater type

Backupheater

capacity

Powersupply

Maximumrunningcurrent

Zmax(Ω)

6 kW 3~ 230 V 15 A(b) —6 kW 3N~ 400 V 8.6 A —9 kW 3N~ 400 V 13 A —

(a) Equipment complying with EN/IEC 61000-3-12 (European/International Technical Standard setting the limits for harmoniccurrents produced by equipment connected to public low-voltagesystems with input current >16 A and ≤75 A per phase.).

(b) This equipment complies with EN/IEC 61000‑3‑11 (European/International Technical Standard setting the limits for voltage changes,voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low-voltage supply systemsfor equipment with rated current ≤75 A) provided that the systemimpedance Zsys is less than or equal to Zmax at the interface pointbetween the user's supply and the public system. It is theresponsibility of the installer or user of the equipment to ensure, byconsultation with the distribution network operator if necessary, thatthe equipment is connected only to a supply with a system impedanceZsys less than or equal to Zmax.

1 Connect the backup heater power supply. For *3V models, use a single pole fuse for F1B. For *9Wmodels, use a double pole fuse for F1B.

Backup heatertype(a)

Connections tobackup heater power

supply

Connections toterminals

3 kW 1~ 230 V(*3V)

F1B

L NL N

3 kW 1~ 230 V(*9W)

F1B

L NL N

1 2 3 4 6 7 85

X6M X7M

6 kW 1~ 230 V(*9W) 1 2 3 4 6 7 85

X6M X7M

6 kW 3~ 230 V(*9W)

F1B

L1 L2 L3L1 L2 L3

1 2 3 4 6 7 85

X6M X7M

6 kW 3N~ 400 V(*9W)

9 kW 3N~ 400 V(*9W)

F1B

L1 L2 L3L1 L2 L3

1 2 3 4 6 7 85

X6M X7M

(a) For configuration of the backup heater, see "8.2.2 Quick wizard:Standard" on page 43.

Special remark for fuses:

Page 38: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

38ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Special remark for terminals:

As mentioned on the table above, the connections on the terminalsX6M and X7M need to be changed to configure a backup heater.Refer to the illustration below as a caution about handling theterminals.

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

3 Configure the user interface for the respective power supply.See "8.2.2 Quick wizard: Standard" on page 43.

During connection of the backup heater, miswiring is possible. Todetect possible miswiring, it is highly recommended to measure theresistance value of the heater elements. Depending on the differentbackup heater types, following resistance values (see table below)should be measured. ALWAYS measure the resistance on thecontactor clamps K1M, K2M, and K5M.

3 kW1~230 V

6 kW1~230 V

6 kW3~230 V

6 kW3N~400 V

9 kW3N~400 V

K1M/1 K5M/13 52.9Ω 52.9Ω 52.9Ω ∞ ∞K1M/3 ∞ ∞ ∞ 105.8Ω 105.8ΩK1M/5 ∞ ∞ ∞ 105.8Ω 105.8Ω

K1M/3 K1M/5 26.5Ω 26.5Ω 26.5Ω 105.8Ω 105.8ΩK2M/1 K5M/13 ∞ 26.5Ω 26.5Ω ∞ ∞

K2M/3 ∞ ∞ ∞ 52.9Ω 52.9ΩK2M/5 ∞ ∞ ∞ 52.9Ω 52.9Ω

K2M/3 K2M/5 52.9Ω 52.9Ω 52.9Ω 52.9Ω 52.9ΩK1M/5 K2M/1 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞

Example measure resistance between K1M/1 and K5M/13:

K1M K2MK2M

1 3 5 13

2 4 6 14

K5M

1 3 5 13

2 4 6 14

1 3 5 13

2 4 6 14

ΩΩ

7.6.6 To connect the user interface1 Connect the user interface cable to the indoor unit.

X2M

X5M

A2P A2P

21

a b

a User interface delivered with the unitb Optional user interface

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

To fix the user interface on the unit1 Insert a screwdriver into the slots underneath the user interface

and carefully separate the faceplate from the wallplate.

NOTICE

The PCB is mounted in the faceplate of the user interface.Be careful NOT to damage it.

2 Fix the wallplate of the user interface to the frontplate of theunit.

Page 39: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

39ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

NOTICE

Be careful NOT to distort the shape of the backside of theuser interface by overtightening the mounting screws.

3 Cut off a 2 wire conductor.

4 Connect the wires to the user interface as shown below.

From the rear

ba

PCB

1x

a Notch this part for the wiring to pass through withnippers etc.

b Secure the wiring to the front part of the casingusing the wiring retainer and clamp.

5 Reinstall the faceplate onto the wallplate.

NOTICE

Be careful NOT to pinch the wiring when attaching thefrontplate to the unit.

To fix the user interface to the wall in case ofinstallation as room thermostat1 Insert a screwdriver into the slots underneath the user interface

and carefully separate the faceplate from the wallplate.

NOTICE

The PCB is mounted in the faceplate of the user interface.Be careful NOT to damage it.

2 Fix the wallplate of the user interface to the wall.

3 Connect the wires to the user interface as shown below

From the rear

ba

PCB

1x

From the left

a

PCB

b

1x

From the top

a

b

PCB

b

1x

From the top center

a

PCB

b

b

1x

a Notch this part for the wiring to pass through withnippers etc.

b Secure the wiring to the front part of the casingusing the wiring retainer and clamp.

4 Reinstall the faceplate onto the wallplate.

NOTICE

Be careful NOT to pinch the wiring when attaching thefrontplate to the unit.

7.6.7 To connect the shut-off valve1 Connect the valve control cable to the appropriate terminals as

shown in the illustration below.

NOTICE

Wiring is different for a NC (normal closed) valve and a NO(normal open) valve.

X1M

X2M

5 6 7

M2S

X1M

X2M

5 6 7

M2S

NO NC

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

Page 40: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

7 Installation

Installer reference guide

40ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

7.6.8 To connect the electrical meters

INFORMATION

In case of an electrical meter with transistor output, checkthe polarity. The positive polarity MUST be connected toX5M/7 and X5M/9; the negative polarity to X5M/8 andX5M/10.

1 Connect the electrical meters cable to the appropriate terminalsas shown in the illustration below.

X2M

X5M

7 8 910

S2S S3S

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

7.6.9 To connect the domestic hot water pump1 Connect the domestic hot water pump cable to the appropriate

terminals as shown in the illustration below.

X2M

3534

1~M

M2P

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

7.6.10 To connect the alarm output1 Connect the alarm output cable to the appropriate terminals as

shown in the illustration below.

X1M

X2M

29

X1M

YCY1Y2Y3Y4

A4P

X2M

a

a Installation of EKRP1HB is required.

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

7.6.11 To connect the space cooling/heatingON/OFF output

1 Connect the space cooling/heating ON/OFF output cable to theappropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below.

X1M

X2M

29

X1M

YCY1Y2Y3Y4

A4P

X2M

a

a Installation of EKRP1HB is required.

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

7.6.12 To connect the changeover to externalheat source

1 Connect the changeover to external heat source cable to theappropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below.

X1M

X1M

X3 X4

A4P

L N

X2MX1 X2

a

a Installation of EKRP1HB is required.

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

7.6.13 To connect the power consumption digitalinputs

1 Connect the power consumption digital inputs cable to theappropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below.

X1M

X2M

12345

A8P

X801M

S6S

S7S

S8S

S9S

a

a Installation of EKRP1AHTA is required.

2 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings.

Page 41: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

41ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

7.7 Finishing the outdoor unit installation

7.7.1 To finish the outdoor unit installation1 Insulate and fix the refrigerant piping and interconnection cable

as follows:

f

b

a

e

d

c

a Gas pipeb Gas pipe insulationc Interconnection cabled Liquid pipee Liquid pipe insulationf Finishing tape

2 Install the service cover.

7.7.2 To close the outdoor unit1 Close the switch box cover.

2 Close the service cover.

NOTICE

When closing the outdoor unit cover, make sure that thetightening torque does NOT exceed 4.1 N•m.

7.8 Finishing the indoor unit installation

7.8.1 To fix the user interface cover to theindoor unit

1 Make sure that the front panel is removed from the indoor unit.See "7.1.2 To open the indoor unit" on page 26.

2 Plug the user interface cover into the hinges.

3 Mount the front panel to the indoor unit.

7.8.2 To close the indoor unit1 Close the switch box cover.

2 Reinstall the top plate.

3 Reinstall the front panel.

NOTICE

When closing the indoor unit cover, make sure that thetightening torque does NOT exceed 4.1 N•m.

8 Configuration

8.1 Overview: ConfigurationIf you do NOT configure the system correctly, it might NOT work asexpected. You can configure the system with the user interface.

When you turn ON the user interface for the first time (via the indoorunit), a quick wizard starts to help you configure the system. Ifnecessary, you can also make changes to the configurationafterwards.

The installer can prepare the configuration off-site on PC andafterwards upload the configuration to the system with the PCconfigurator. See "8.1.1 To connect the PC cable to the switch box"on page 41 for more information about the connection.

The configuration influences the following:

The calculations of the software

What you can see on and do with the user interface

Legend for the settings tables:

#: Breadcrumb in the menu structure

Code: Code in the overview settings

When the installer settings are changed, the system will request toconfirm. When confirmation is complete, the screen will shortly turnOFF and "busy" will be displayed for several seconds.

The most commonly used installation settings are accessiblethrough the menu structure. Their location is mentioned by thebreadcrumb indication (#). Additionally, all installer settings can alsobe found in "8.5 Menu structure: Overview installer settings" onpage 65.

For access to the setting codes, see "To access the installersettings" on page 42.

Not all settings are accessible through the menu structure. Some areonly accessible through their code. Then in the table explainedbelow, the bread crumb is set as N/A (not applicable).

8.1.1 To connect the PC cable to the switch box1 Connect the cable with USB connection to your PC.

2 Connect the plug of the cable to X10A on A1P of the switch boxof the indoor unit.

A1PX10A

3 Pay special attention to the position of the plug!

Page 42: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

42ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

23

45

H J

ST

8.1.2 To access the most used commands

To access the installer settings1 Set the user permission level to Installer.

2 Go to [A]: > Installer settings.

To access the overview settings1 Set the user permission level to Installer.

2 Go to [A.8]: > Installer settings > Overview settings.

To set the user permission level to Installer1 Go to [6.4]: > Information > User permission level.

2 Press for more than 4 seconds.

Result: is displayed on the home pages.

3 If you do NOT press any button for more than 1 hour or press again for more than 4 seconds, the installer permission level

switches back to End user.

To switch between user permission levels(End user and Advanced end user)1 Go to [6] or any of its submenus: > Information.

2 Press for more than 4 seconds.

Result: The user permission level switches to Adv. end user.Additional information is displayed and "+" is added to the menutitle.

3 If you do NOT press any button for more than 1 hour or press again for more than 4 seconds, the user permission level

switches back to End user.

8.1.3 To copy the system settings from the firstto the second user interface

If an optional user interface is connected, the installer must firstproceed below instructions for the proper configuration of the twouser interfaces.

This procedure offers you also the possibility to copy the languageset from one user interface to the other one: e.g. from EKRUCAL2 toEKRUCAL1.

1 When power is turned on for the first time, both user interfacesdisplay:

15:10TueU5: Auto adress

Push 4 sec. to continue

2 Push for 4 sec. on the user interface on which you want toproceed to the quick wizard.

INFORMATION

During the quick wizard, the second user interface displaysBusy and will not be possible to operate.

3 The quick wizard will guide you.

4 For proper operation of the system, the local data on the twouser interfaces must be the same. If this is not the case, bothuser interfaces will display:

Synchronization

Confirm

Data difference detected. Please select action:

Adjust

Send data

5 Select the required action: Send data: the user interface you are operating contains the

correct data and the data on the other user interface will beoverwritten.

Receive data: the user interface you are operating doesn’tcontain the correct data and the data on the other userinterface will be used to overwrite.

6 The user interface requests confirmation if you are sure toproceed.

Start copy

Confirm

Are you sure you want tostart the copy operation?

Adjust

OK Cancel

7 Confirm the selection on the screen by pushing and all data(languages, schedules etc.) will be synchronised from theselected source user interface to the other one.

INFORMATION

During the copying, both controllers display Busy andwill not be possible to operate. Please do not power offor disconnect the user interface.

The copy operation can take uptil 90 minutes.

8 Your system is now set to be operated by the two userinterfaces.

8.1.4 To copy the language set from the first tothe second user interface

See "8.1.3 To copy the system settings from the first to the seconduser interface" on page 42.

8.1.5 Quick wizard: Set the system layout afterfirst power ON

After first power ON of the system, you are guided on the userinterface to do initial settings:

language,

Page 43: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

43ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

date,

time,

system layout.

By confirming the system layout, you can proceed with theinstallation and commissioning of the system.

1 At power ON, the quick wizard starts as long as the systemlayout was NOT confirmed yet, by setting the language.

Language

Confirm

Select the desired language

Adjust

2 Set the current date and time.

Date

Confirm

What date is it today?

Adjust Scroll

Sun Jan1 2012

TimeWhat is the current time?

00 : 00Confirm Adjust Scroll

3 Set the system layout settings: Standard, Options, Capacities.For more details, see "8.2 Basic configuration" on page 43.

System layout

Select

Options

Scroll

Capacities

A 1

Confirm layout

Standard

4 Confirm by pressing .

Confirm layoutPlease confirm the system layout. The system will

OK

restart and will be ready for

Cancelfirst startup.

Confirm Adjust

5 The user interface re-initialises and you can proceed theinstallation by setting the other applicable settings andcommissioning of the system.

When the installer settings are changed, the system will request toconfirm. When confirmation is complete, the screen will shortly turnOFF and "busy" will be displayed for several seconds.

8.2 Basic configuration

8.2.1 Quick wizard: Language / time and date

# Code Description[A.1] N/A Language[1] N/A Time and date

8.2.2 Quick wizard: Standard

Backup heater configuration (only for *9W model)The backup heater in a *9W model is adapted to be connected tomost common European electricity grids. Besides hardwareconfiguration, the backup heater type must be set on the userinterface.

# Code Description[A.2.1.5] [5-0D] BUH type:

1 (1P,(1/1+2)): 6 kW 1~ 230 V (*9W)

3 (3P,(1/1+2)): 6 kW 3~ 230 V (*9W)

4 (3PN,(1/2)): 6 kW 3N~ 400 V (*9W)

5 (3PN,(1/1+2)): 9 kW 3N~ 400 V(*9W)

Space heating/cooling settingsThe system can heat up or cool down a space. Depending on thetype of application, the space heating/cooling settings must be madeaccordingly.

# Code Description[A.2.1.7] [C-07] Unit control method:

0 (LWT control): Unit operation isdecided based on the leaving watertemperature regardless the actualroom temperature and/or heating orcooling demand of the room.

1 (Ext RT control): Unit operation isdecided by the external thermostat orequivalent (e.g. heat pump convector).

2 (RT control): Unit operation isdecided based on the ambienttemperature of the user interface.

[A.2.1.B] N/A Only if there are 2 user interfaces (1installed in the room, 1 installed at theindoor unit):

ab

a: At unit

b: In room as room thermostat

User interface location:

At unit: the other user interface isautomatically set to In room and if RTcontrol is selected act as roomthermostat.

In room (default): the other userinterface is automatically set to At unitand if RT control is selected to act asroom thermostat.

Page 44: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

44ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.2.1.8] [7-02] The system can supply leaving water to

up to 2 water temperature zones. Duringconfiguration, the number of water zonesmust be set.

Number of LWT zones:

0 (1 LWT zone)(default): Only 1leaving water temperature zone. Thiszone is called the main leaving watertemperature zone.

a

a: Main LWT zone

1 (2 LWT zones): 2 leaving watertemperature zones. The zone with thelowest leaving water temperature (inheating) is called the main leavingwater temperature zone. The zonewith the highest leaving watertemperature (in heating) is called theadditional leaving water temperaturezone. In practice, the main leavingwater temperature zone consists ofthe higher load heat emitters and amixing station is installed to achievethe desired leaving water temperature.

a

b

a: Add LWT zone

b: Main LWT zone

# Code Description[A.2.1.9] [F-0D] When the space heating/cooling control

is OFF by the user interface, the pump isalways OFF. When the space heating/cooling control is On, you can select thedesired pump operation mode (onlyapplicable during space heating/cooling)

Pump operation mode:

0 (Continuous): Continuous pumpoperation, regardless of thermo ON orOFF condition. Remark: continuouspump operation requires more energythan sample or request pumpoperation.

a

b c

d

b c

a: Space heating/cooling control(user interface)

b: OFF

c: On

d: Pump operation

1 (Sample)(default): The pump is ON.When there is heating or coolingdemand as the the leavingtemperature has not reached thedesired temperature yet. When thermoOFF condition occurs, the pump runsevery 5 minutes to check the watertemperature and demand heating orcooling if necessary. Remark: Sampleis NOT available in extended roomthermostat control or room thermostatcontrol.a

b

d ef

c

g

b c

a: Space heating/cooling control(user interface)

b: OFF

c: On

d: LWT temperature

e: Actual

f: Desired

g: Pump operation

2 (Request): Pump operation basedon request. Example: Using a roomthermostat creates thermo ON/OFFcondition. When there is no suchdemand, the pump is OFF. Remark:

Page 45: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

45ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code DescriptionRequest is NOT available in leavingwater temperature control.a

d

e

b

b

c

b c

c

a: Space heating/cooling control(user interface)

b: OFF

c: On

d: Heating demand (by ext RT orRT)

e: Pump operation

8.2.3 Quick wizard: Options

Domestic hot water settingsThis chapter only applies to systems with a domestic hot water tankinstalled:

EHBH/X: an optional domestic hot water tank is available,

EHVH/X: a domestic hot water tank is standard incorporated intothe indoor unit.

Following settings must be made accordingly.

# Code Description[A.2.2.1] [E-05] DHW operation:

0 (No): NOT installed. Default forEHBH/X.

1 (Yes): Installed. Default for EHVH/X.Remark: For EHVH/X, the domestichot water tank is by default installed.Do NOT change this setting.

[A.2.2.3] [E-07] During domestic hot water preparation,the heat pump can be assisted by anelectrical heater to ensure the domestichot water preparation even for highdesired tank temperatures.

DHW tank heater:

0 (Horizontal BSH): Installed at side ofthe tank. Default for EHBH/X.

1 (Backup heater): Default forEHVH/X. The backup heater will alsobe used in domestic hot water heating.

# Code Description[A.2.2.A] [D-02] The indoor unit offers the possibility to

connect a field supplied domestic hotwater pump (On/OFF type). Dependingon the installation and configuration onthe user interface, we distinguish itsfunctionality.

DHW pump:

0 (No)(default): NOT installed.

1 (Secondary rtrn): Installed for instanthot water when water is tapped. Theend-user sets the operation timing(weekly schedule time) of thedomestic hot water pump when itshould run. Control of this pump ispossible through the indoor unit.

2 (Disinf. shunt): Installed fordisinfection. It runs when thedisinfection function of the domestichot water tank is running. No furthersettings are needed.

See also illustrations below.

Domestic hot water pump installed for…Instant hot water Disinfection

c

fb

a

g

c

b

ad f

e g

a Indoor unitb Tankc Domestic hot water pumpd Heater elemente Non‑return valvef Showerg Cold water

Thermostats and external sensors

See "5 Application guidelines" on page 8.

# Code Description[A.2.2.4] [C-05] Contact type main

In external room thermostat control, thecontact type of the optional roomthermostat or heat pump convector forthe main leaving water temperature zonemust be set. See "5 Applicationguidelines" on page 8.

1 (Thermo ON/OFF): The connectedexternal room thermostat or heatpump convector sends the heating orcooling demand by the same signal asit is connected to only 1 digital input(preserved for the main leaving watertemperature zone) on the indoor unit(X2M/1). Select this value in case of aconnection to the heat pumpconvector (FWXV).

2 (C/H request)(default): Theconnected external room thermostatsends separate heating and coolingdemand and is therefore connected tothe 2 digital input (preserved for themain leaving water temperature zone)on the indoor unit (X2M/1 and 2).Select this value in case of connectionwith the wired (EKRTWA) or wireless(EKRTR1) room thermostat.

Page 46: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

46ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.2.2.5] [C-06] Contact type add.

In external room thermostat control with2 leaving water temperature zones, thetype of the optional room thermostat forthe additional leaving water temperaturezone must be set. See "5 Applicationguidelines" on page 8.

1 (Thermo ON/OFF): See Contacttype main. Connected on the indoorunit (X2M/1a).

2 (C/H request)(default): See Contacttype main. Connected on the indoorunit (X2M/1a and 2a).

[A.2.2.B] [C-08] External sensor

When an optional external ambientsensor is connected, the type of thesensor must be set. See "5 Applicationguidelines" on page 8.

0 (No)(default): NOT installed. Thethermistor in the user interface and inthe outdoor unit are used formeasurement.

1 (Outdoor sensor): Installed. Theoutdoor sensor will be used tomeasure the outdoor ambienttemperature. Remark: For somefunctionality, the temperature sensorin the outdoor unit is still used.

2 (Room sensor): Installed. Thetemperature sensor in the userinterface is NOT used anymore.Remark: This value has only meaningin room thermostat control.

Digital I/O PCBModification of these settings is only needed when the optionaldigital I/O PCB is installed. The digital I/O PCB has multiplefunctionality which need to be configured. See "5 Applicationguidelines" on page 8.

# Code Description[A.2.2.6.1] [C-02] Ext. backup heat src

Indicates if the space heating is alsoperformed by means of an other heatsource that the system.

0 (No)(default): NOT installed.

1 (Bivalent): Installed. The auxiliaryboiler (gasboiler, oil burner) willoperate when the outdoor ambienttemperature is low. During the bivalentoperation, the heat pump is turnedOFF. Set this value in case anauxililary boiler is used. See"5 Application guidelines" on page 8.

[A.2.2.6.2] [D-07] Solar kit

Only applicable for EHBH/X. Indicates ifthe domestic hot water tank is alsoheated by thermal solar panels.

0 (No)(default): NOT installed.

1 (Yes): Installed. The domestic hotwater tank can –besides by the heatpump- also be heated by thermal solarpanels. Set this value if thermal solarpanels are installed. See"5 Application guidelines" on page 8.

# Code Description[A.2.2.6.3] [C-09] Alarm output

Indicates the logic of the alarm output onthe digital I/O PCB duringmalfunctioning.

0 (Normally open)(default): The alarmoutput will be powered when an alarmoccurs. By setting this value, adistinction is made betweenmalfunctioning and detection of apower failure of the unit.

1 (Normally closed): The alarm outputwill NOT be powered when an alarmoccurs.

[A.2.2.6.4] [F-04] Bottom plate heater

Only applicable for EHBH/X16 andEHVH/X16. Indicates if an optionalbottom plate heater is installed on theoutdoor unit. The power of the bottomplate heater is in this case supplied bythe indoor unit.

0 (No)(default): NOT installed.

1 (Yes): Installed. Remark: If this valueis set, the output on the digital I/OPCB cannot be used for spaceheating/cooling output. See"5 Application guidelines" on page 8.

Demand PCBThe demand PCB is used to enable the power consumption controlby digital inputs. See "5 Application guidelines" on page 8.

# Code Description[A.2.2.7] [D-04] Demand PCB

Only applicable for EHBH/X04+08 andEHVH/X04+08. Indicates if the optionaldemand PCB is installed.

0 (No)(default): NOT installed.

1 (Yes): Installed. Power consumptioncontrol by digital inputs is selectable in[A.6.2.1].

Energy meteringWhen energy metering is performed by the use of external powermeters, configure the settings as described below. Select the pulsefrequency output of each power meter in accordance with the powermeter specifications. It is possible to connect (up to 2) power meterswith different pulse frequencies. When only 1 or no power meter isused, select No to indicate the corresponding pulse input is NOTused.

# Code Description[A.2.2.8] [D-08] Optional external kWh meter 1:

0 (No): NOT installed

1: Installed (0.1 pulse/kWh)

2: Installed (1 pulse/kWh)

3: Installed (10 pulse/kWh)

4: Installed (100 pulse/kWh)

5: Installed (1000 pulse/kWh)

Page 47: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

47ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.2.2.9] [D-09] Optional external kWh meter 2:

0 (No): NOT installed

1: Installed (0.1 pulse/kWh)

2: Installed (1 pulse/kWh)

3: Installed (10 pulse/kWh)

4: Installed (100 pulse/kWh)

5: Installed (1000 pulse/kWh)

8.2.4 Quick wizard: Capacities (energymetering)

The capacities of all electrical heaters must be set for the energymetering and/or power consumption control feature to work properly.When measuring the resistance value of each heater, you can setthe exact heater capacity and this will lead to more accurate energydata.

# Code Description[A.2.3.1] [6-02] Booster heater: Only applies to domestic

hot water tanks with an internal boosterheater (EKHW*). The capacity of thebooster heater at nominal voltage.Nominal value is 3 kW. Default: 0.

0~10 kW (in steps of 0.2 kW)[A.2.3.2] [6-03] BUH: step 1: The capacity of the first

step of the backup heater at nominalvoltage. Nominal value 3 kW. Default:3 kW.

0~10 kW (in steps of 0.2 kW)[A.2.3.3] [6-04] BUH: step 2: Only applies to a two-step

backup heater (*9W). The capacitydifference between the second and firststep of the backup heater at nominalvoltage. Nominal value depends on thebackup heater configuration:

3 kW, 1N~ 230 V: 0 kW

6 kW, 1N~ 230 V: 3 kW (6 kW-3 kW)

6 kW, 3~ 230 V: 3 kW (6 kW-3 kW)

6 kW, 3N~ 400 V: 3 kW (6 kW-3 kW)

9 kW, 3N~ 400 V: 6 kW (9 kW-3 kW)

0~10 kW (in steps of 0.2 kW):

*3V: default 0 kW

*9W: default 6 kW[A.2.3.6] [6-07] Bottom plate heater: Only applies to an

optional bottom plate heater(EKBPHTH16A). The capacity of theoptional bottom plate heater at nominalvoltage. Default: 0 W.

0~200 W (in steps of 10 W)

8.2.5 Space heating/cooling controlThe basic required settings in order to configure the space heating/cooling of your system are described in this chapter. The weather-dependent installer settings define the parameters for the weather-dependent operation of the unit. When weather-dependent operationis active, the water temperature is determined automaticallydepending on the outdoor temperature. Low outdoor temperatureswill result in warmer water and vice versa. During weather-dependent operation, the user has the possibility to shift up or downthe target water temperature by a maximum of 5°C.

See the user reference guide and/or operation manual for moredetails about this function.

Leaving water temperature: Main zone

# Code Description[A.3.1.1.1] N/A LWT setpoint mode:

Absolute (default)The desired leaving watertemperature is:

NOT weather-dependent (i.e. doesnot depend on the outdoorambient temperature)

fixed in time (i.e., not scheduled)

Weather dep.: The desired leavingwater temperature is:

weather-dependent (i.e. dependson the outdoor ambienttemperature)

fixed in time (i.e., not scheduled)

Abs + scheduled: The desiredleaving water temperature is:

NOT weather-dependent (i.e.,does NOT depend on the outdoorambient temperature)

according a schedule. Thescheduled actions consists ofdesired leaving watertemperatures either preset orcustomRemark: This value can only beset in leaving water temperaturecontrol.

WD + scheduled: The desiredleaving water temperature is:

weather-dependent (i.e., doesdepend on the outdoor ambienttemperature)

according a schedule. Thescheduled actions consists ofdesired leaving watertemperatures either preset orcustomRemark: This value can only beset in leaving water temperaturecontrol.

Page 48: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

48ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.3.1.1.3] [1-00]

[1-01]

[1-02]

[1-03]

Set weather-dependent heating:

[1-03]

[1-02]

Ta

Tt

[1-00] [1-01]

Tt: Target leaving water temperature(main)

Ta: Outdoor temperature

[1-00]: Low outdoor ambienttemperature. −20°C~5°C (default:−10°C)

[1-01]: High outdoor ambienttemperature. 10°C~20°C (default:15°C)

[1-02]: Desired leaving watertemperature when the outdoortemperature equals or drops belowthe low ambient temperature.Between minimum and maximumleaving water temperature (default:35°C).Note: This value should be higherthan [1-03] as for low outdoortemperatures warmer water isrequired.

[1-03]: Desired leaving watertemperature when the outdoortemperature equals or rises abovethe high ambient temperature.Between minimum and maximumleaving water temperature (default:25°C).Note: This value should be lowerthan [1-02] as for high outdoortemperatures less warm water isrequired.

# Code Description[A.3.1.1.4] [1-06]

[1-07]

[1‑08]

[1-09]

Set weather-dependent cooling:

[1-09]

[1-08]

Ta

Tt

[1-06] [1-07]

Tt: Target leaving water temperature(main)

Ta: Outdoor temperature

[1-06]: Low outdoor ambienttemperature. 10°C~25°C (default:20°C)

[1-07]: High outdoor ambienttemperature. 25°C~43°C (default:35°C)

[1-08]: Desired leaving watertemperature when the outdoortemperature equals or drops belowthe low ambient temperature.Between minimum and maximumleaving water temperature 5°C~22°C(default: 22°C).Note: This value should be higherthan [1-09] as for low outdoortemperatures less cold watersuffices.

[1-09]: Desired leaving watertemperature when the outdoortemperature equals or rises abovethe high ambient temperature.Between minimum and maximumleaving water temperature 5°C~22°C(default: 18°C).Note: This value should be lowerthan [1-08] as for high outdoortemperatures colder water isrequired.

Page 49: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

49ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Leaving water temperature: Additional zoneOnly applicable if 2 leaving water temperature zones are present.

# Code Description[A.3.1.2.1] N/A LWT setpoint mode:

Absolute (default)The desired leaving watertemperature is:

NOT weather-dependent (i.e. doesnot depend on the outdoorambient temperature)

fixed in time (i.e., not scheduled)

Weather dep.: The desired leavingwater temperature is:

weather-dependent (i.e. dependson the outdoor ambienttemperature)

fixed in time (i.e., not scheduled)

Abs + scheduled: The desiredleaving water temperature is:

NOT weather-dependent (i.e.,does NOT depend on the outdoorambient temperature)

according a schedule. Thescheduled actions are On or OFF.Remark: This value can only beset in leaving water temperaturecontrol.

WD + scheduled: The desiredleaving water temperature is:

weather-dependent (i.e., doesdepend on the outdoor ambienttemperature)

according a schedule. Thescheduled actions are On or OFF Remark: This value can only beset in leaving water temperaturecontrol.

# Code Description[A.3.1.2.3] [0-00]

[0-01]

[0-02]

[0-03]

Set weather-dependent heating:

[0-00]

[0-01]

Ta

Tt

[0-03] [0-02]

Tt: Target leaving water temperature(main)

Ta: Outdoor temperature

[0-03]: Low outdoor ambienttemperature. −20°C~5°C (default:−10°C)

[0-02]: High outdoor ambienttemperature. 10°C~20°C (default:15°C)

[0-01]: Desired leaving watertemperature when the outdoortemperature equals or drops belowthe low ambient temperature.Between minimum and maximumleaving water temperature25°C~depending on outdoor unit(default: 45°C).Note: This value should be higherthan [0-00] as for low outdoortemperatures warmer water isrequired.

[0-00]: Desired leaving watertemperature when the outdoortemperature equals or rises abovethe high ambient temperature.Between minimum and maximumleaving water temperature25°C~depending on outdoor unit(default: 35°C).Note: This value should be lowerthan [0-01] as for high outdoortemperatures less warm water isrequired.

Page 50: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

50ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.3.1.2.4] [0-04]

[0-05]

[0-06]

[0-07]

Set weather-dependent cooling:

[0-04]

[0-05]

Ta

Tt

[0-07] [0-06]

Tt: Target leaving water temperature(main)

Ta: Outdoor temperature

[0-07]: Low outdoor ambienttemperature. 10°C~25°C (default:20°C)

[0-06]: High outdoor ambienttemperature. 25°C~43°C (default:35°C)

[0-05]: Desired leaving watertemperature when the outdoortemperature equals or drops belowthe low ambient temperature.Between minimum and maximumleaving water temperature 5°C~22°C(default: 12°C).Note: This value should be higherthan [1-09] as for low outdoortemperatures less cold watersuffices.

[0-04]: Desired leaving watertemperature when the outdoortemperature equals or rises abovethe high ambient temperature.Between minimum and maximumleaving water temperature 5°C~22°C(default: 8°C).Note: This value should be lowerthan [1-08] as for high outdoortemperatures colder water isrequired.

Leaving water temperature: Delta T emitterTemperature difference for entering and leaving water. The unit isdesigned to support under floor loops operation. The recommendedleaving water temperature (set by the user interface) for under floorloops is 35°C. In such case, the unit will be controlled to realize atemperature difference of 5°C which means that the entering waterto the unit is around 30°C. Depending on the installed application(radiators, heat pump convector, under floor loops) or situation, itcan be possible to change the difference between entering andleaving water temperature. Note that the pump will regulate its flowto keep the Δt.

# Code Description[A.3.1.3.1] [9-09] Heating: required temperature

difference between entering andleaving water. Range: 3~10°C (in stepsof 1°C; default value: 5°C).

[A.3.1.3.2] [9-0A] Cooling: required temperaturedifference between entering andleaving water. Range: 3~10°C (in stepsof 1°C; default value: 5°C).

Leaving water temperature: ModulationOnly applicable in case of room thermostat control. When using theroom thermostat functionality, the customer needs to set the desiredroom temperature. The unit will supply hot water to the heat emittersand the room will be heated. Additionally, also the desired leavingwater temperature must be configured: when turning on themodulation, the desired leaving water temperature will be calculatedautomatically by the unit (based on the preset temperatures, ifweather-dependent is selected, modulation will be done based onthe desired weather-dependent temperatures); when turning off themodulation, you can set the desired leaving water temperature onthe user interface. Moreover, with the modulation turned on, thedesired leaving water temperature is lowered or raised in function ofthe desired room temperature and the difference between the actualand the desired room temperature. This results in:

stable room temperatures exactly matching the desiredtemperature (higher comfort level)

less On/OFF cycles (lower noise level, higher comfort and higherefficiency)

water temperatures as low as possible to match the desiredtemperature (higher efficiency)

# Code Description[A.3.1.1.5] [8-05] Modulated LWT:

No (default): disabled.Note: The desired leaving watertemperature needs to be set on theuser interface.

Yes: enabled Note: The desired leaving watertemperature can only be read out onthe user interface

Leaving water temperature: Emitter typeOnly applicable in case of room thermostat control. Depending onthe system water volume and the heat emitters type, the heat up orcool down of a space can take longer. This setting can compensatefor a slow or a quick heating/cooling system during the heat up/cooldown cycle.

Note: The setting of the emitter type will influence the maximummodulation of the desired leaving water temperature and thepossibility for usage of the automatic cooling/heating changeoverbased on the indoor ambient temperature.

Therefore it is important to set this correctly.

# Code Description[A.3.1.1.7] [9-0B] Emitter type:

Reaction time of the system:

Quick Example: Small water volumeand fan coils.

Slow Example: Large water volume,floor heating loops.

8.2.6 Domestic hot water controlOnly applicable in case an optional domestic hot water tank isinstalled.

Configuring the desired tank temperatureThe domestic hot water can be prepared in 3 different ways. Theydiffer from each other by the way the desired tank temperature is setand how the unit acts upon it.

Page 51: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

51ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.4.1] [6-0D] Domestic hot water Setpoint mode:

0 (Reheat only): Only reheat operationis allowed.

1 (Reheat + sched.): The domestic hotwater tank is heated according to aschedule and between the scheduledheatup cycles, reheat operation isallowed.

2 (Scheduled only) The domestic hotwater tank can ONLY be heatedaccording to a schedule.

See "8.3.2 Domestic hot water control: advanced for more details"on page 55.

INFORMATION

It is recommended NOT to use the selection of ([6‑0D]=0,[A.4.1] Domestic hot water Setpoint mode=Reheat only) incase of a domestic hot water tank without internal boosterheater.

The risk of space heating (cooling) capacity shortage/comfort problems is significant (in case of frequentdomestic hot water operation, frequent and long spaceheating/cooling interruption will happen).

Readout the desired tank temperatureThe desired tank temperature is displayed on the user interface. Bythe following settings, you can configure the way the tanktemperature is displayed:

by its numerical value

by an equivalent.

Use the numerical value in case the understanding of tanktemperature is clear for the customer. On the user interface thecustomer can set the desired tank temperature by 1°C. Forcustomers with less feeling about tank temperatures, choose displayby equivalent number of people. They will set the desired tanktemperature by indicating their domestic hot water consumption as anumber of people.

As installer, you configure the conversion between the equivalentdomestic hot water consumption per person at 1 heat-up cycle andthe real desired tank temperature. Please take into account theinstalled tank size. Additionally, using the graphical display, thecustomer is made aware about the amount of consumed domestichot water.

# Code Description[A.4.3.1] N/A How has the tank temperature to be

displayed on the user interface?

As temperature.

As graphic: The temperature has todisplayed as available hot water forx persons. If you choose this, you alsohave to configure which numberequals which temperature under [A.4.3.2.1]~[A.4.3.2.6]:

[A.4.3.2.1] N/A 1 person

The absolute desired tank temperaturefor 1 person. 30~80°C (default: 42°C)

# Code Description[A.4.3.2.2] N/A 2 persons

The increment of the desired tanktemperature for 2 persons compared to 1person. 0~20°C (default: 6°C)

[A.4.3.2.3] N/A 3 persons

The increment of the desired tanktemperature for 3 persons compared to 2persons. 0~20°C (default: 15°C)

[A.4.3.2.4] N/A 4 persons

The increment of the desired tanktemperature for 4 persons compared to 3persons. 0~20°C (default: 17°C)

[A.4.3.2.5] N/A 5 persons

The increment of the desired tanktemperature for 5 persons compared to 4persons. 0~20°C (default: 1°C)

[A.4.3.2.6] N/A 6 persons

The increment of the desired tanktemperature for 6 persons compared to 5persons. 0~20°C (default: 1°C)

INFORMATION

The real desired tank temperature is defined by selectedabsolute desired tank temperature and the number ofpersons + selected increment value(s).

Example: 3 persons (default settings)

Real desired tank temperature=[A.4.3.2.1]+[A.4.3.2.2]+[A.4.3.2.3]

Real desired tank temperature=42+6+15=63°C.

Maximum tank temperatureThe maximum temperature that users can select for the domestichot water. You can use this setting to limit the temperatures at thehot water taps.

INFORMATION

During disinfection of the domestic hot water tank, the tanktemperature can exceed this maximum temperature.

INFORMATION

Limit the maximum hot water temperature according to theapplicable legislation.

# Code Description[A.4.5] [6-0E] Maximum setpoint

The maximum temperature that userscan select for the domestic hot water.You can use this setting to limit thetemperature at the hot water taps.

If

[E-07]=0: 40~80°C (default: 60°C) (forEHBH/X in combination with EKHW*)

[E-07]=1: 40~60°C (default: 60°C)(only for EHVH/X)

The maximum temperature is NOTapplicable during disinfection function.See disinfection function.

8.2.7 Contact/helpdesk number

# Code Description[6.3.2] N/A Number that users can call in case of

problems.

Page 52: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

52ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

8.3 Advanced configuration/optimization

8.3.1 Space heating/cooling operation:advanced

Preset leaving water temperatureYou can define preset leaving water temperature temperatures:

economic (denotes the desired leaving water temperature whichresults in the lowest energy consumption)

comfort (denotes the desired leaving water temperature whichresults in the highest energy consumption).

Preset values make it easy to use the same value in the schedule orto adjust the desired leaving water temperature according to theroom temperature (see modulation). If you later want to change thevalue, you only have to do it in one place. Depending on whether thedesired leaving water temperature is weather dependent or not, theabsolute desired leaving water temperature should be specified orthe desired shift values.

NOTICE

The preset leaving water temperature temperatures areonly applicable for the main zone, as the schedule for theadditional zone consists of On/OFF actions.

NOTICE

Select preset leaving water temperatures in accordancewith the design and selected heat emitters to ensure thebalance between desired room and leaving watertemperatures.

# Code DescriptionPreset leaving water temperature for the main leaving watertemperature zone in case of NOT weather dependent[7.4.2.1] [8-09] Comfort (heating)

[9-01]~[9-00] (default: 35°C)[7.4.2.2] [8-0A] Eco (heating)

[9-01]~[9-00] (default: 33°C)[7.4.2.3] [8-07] Comfort (cooling)

[9-03]~[9-02] (default: 18°C)[7.4.2.4] [8-08] Eco (cooling)

[9-03]~[9-02] (default: 20°C)Preset leaving water temperature (shift value) for the main leavingwater temperature zone in case of weather dependent[7.4.2.5] N/A Comfort (heating)

−10~+10°C (default: 0°C)[7.4.2.6] N/A Eco (heating)

−10~+10°C (default: −3°C)[7.4.2.7] N/A Comfort (cooling)

−10~+10°C (default: 0°C)[7.4.2.8] N/A Eco (cooling)

−10~+10°C (default: +3°C)

Temperature ranges (leaving water temperatures)The purpose of this setting is to prevent selecting a wrong (i.e. toohot or too cold) leaving water temperature. Thereto the availabledesired heating temperature range and desired cooling temperaturerange can be configured.

NOTICE

In case of a floor heating application it is important to limitthe:

maximum leaving water temperature at heatingoperation according to the specifications of the floorheating installation.

the minimum leaving water temperature at coolingoperation to 18~20°C to prevent condensation on thefloor.

NOTICE

When adjusting the leaving water temperature ranges,all desired leaving water temperatures are alsoadjusted to guarantee they are between the limits.

Always balance between the desired leaving watertemperature with the desired room temperature and/orthe capacity (according to the design and selection ofthe heat emitters). The desired leaving watertemperature is the result of several settings (presetvalues, shift values, weather dependent curves,modulation). As a result, too high or too low leavingwater temperatures could occur which lead toovertemperatures or capacity shortage. By limiting theleaving water temperature range to adequate values(depending on the heat emitter), such situations can beavoided.

Example: Set the minimum leaving water temperature to 28°C toavoid NOT to be able to heat up the room: leaving watertemperatures must be sufficient higher than the room temperatures(in heating).

# Code DescriptionLeaving water temperature range for the main leaving watertemperature zone (= the leaving water temperature zone with thelowest leaving water temperature in heating operation and thehighest leaving water temperature in cooling operation)[A.3.1.1.2.2] [9-00] Maximum temp (heating)

37~depending on outdoor unit (default:55°C)

[A.3.1.1.2.1] [9-01] Minimum temp (heating)

15~37°C (default: 25°C)[A.3.1.1.2.4] [9-02] Maximum temp (cooling)

18~22°C (default: 22°C)[A.3.1.1.2.3] [9-03] Minimum temp (cooling)

5~18°C (default: 5°C)Leaving water temperature range for the additional leaving watertemperature zone (= the leaving water temperature zone with thehighest leaving water temperature in heating operation and thelowest leaving water temperature in cooling operation)[A.3.1.2.2.2] [9-06] Maximum temp (heating)

37~depending on outdoor unit (default:55°C)

[A.3.1.2.2.1] [9-05] Minimum temp (heating)

15~37°C (default: 25°C)[A.3.1.2.2.4] [9-08] Maximum temp (cooling)

18~22°C (default: 22°C)

Page 53: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

53ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.3.1.2.2.3] [9-07] Minimum temp (cooling)

5~18°C (default: 5°C)

Leaving water temperature overshoot temperatureThis function defines how much the water temperature may riseabove the desired leaving water temperature before the compressorstops. The compressor will startup again when the leaving watertemperature drops below the desired leaving water temperature.This function is only applicable in heating mode.

# Code DescriptionN/A [9-04] 1~4°C (default: 1°C)

Leaving water temperature compensation around 0°CIn heating operation, the desired leaving water temperature is locallyincreased around an outdoor temperature of 0°C. Thiscompensation can be selected when using an absolute or a weatherdependent desired temperature, this compensation can be selected(see illustration below). Use this setting to compensate for possibleheat losses of the building when the outdoor temperature is around0°C (e.g. in cold region countries).

Tt

TA

R

L

0°C

Tt

TA

R

L

0°C

a b

a Absolute desired LWTb Weather dependent desired LWT

# Code DescriptionN/A [D-03] 0 (disabled) (default)

1 (enabled) L=2°C,

R=4°C (−2°C<TA<2°C)

2 (enabled) L=4°C,

R=4°C (−2°C<TA<2°C)

3 (enabled) L=2°C,

R=8°C (−4°C<TA<4°C)

4 (enabled) L=4°C,

R=8°C (−4°C<TA<4°C)

Leaving water temperature maximum modulationOnly applicable in room thermostat control and when modulation isenabled. The maximum modulation (=variance) on the desiredleaving water temperature decided on the difference between theactual and desired room temperature, e.g. 3°C modulation meansthe desired leaving water temperature can be increased or loweredby 3°C. Increasing the modulation results in better performance (lessOn/OFF, faster heat up), but note that depending on the heatemitter, there must always be a balance (refer to the design andselection of the heat emitters) between the desired leaving watertemperature and the desired room temperature.

# Code DescriptionN/A [8-06] 1~5°C (default: 3°C)

Weather dependent cooling allowanceOnly applicable for EHBX and EHVX. It is possible to disableweather dependent cooling, meaning the desired leaving watertemperature in cooling operation doesn’t depend on the outdoorambient temperature and this regardless whether weatherdependent is selected or NOT. Both for the main leaving watertemperature zone as for the additional leaving water temperaturezone, this can be set separately.

# Code DescriptionN/A [1-04] Weather dependent cooling of the main

leaving water temperature zone is…

0 (disabled) (default)

1 (enabled)N/A [1-05] Weather dependent cooling of the

additional leaving water temperaturezone is…

0 (disabled) (default)

1 (enabled)

Temperature ranges (room temperature)Only applicable in room thermostat control. In order to save energyby preventing overheating or undercooling the room, you can limitthe range of the room temperature, both for heating and/or cooling.

NOTICE

When adjusting the room temperature ranges, all desiredroom temperatures are also adjusted to guarantee they arebetween the limits.

# Code DescriptionRoom temp. range[A.3.2.1.2] [3-06] Maximum temp (heating)

18~30°C (default: 30°C)[A.3.2.1.1] [3-07] Minimum temp (heating)

12~18°C (default: 12°C)[A.3.2.1.4] [3-08] Maximum temp (cooling)

25~35°C (default: 35°C)[A.3.2.1.3] [3-09] Minimum temp (cooling)

15~25°C (default: 15°C)

Room temperature stepOnly applicable in room thermostat control and when thetemperature is displayed in °C.

# Code Description[A.3.2.4] N/A Room temp. step

1°C (default). The desired roomtemperature on the user interface issettable per 1°C.

0.5°C The desired room temperatureon the user interface is settable per0.5°C. The actual room temperature isdisplayed with an accuracy of 0.1°C.

Room temperature hysteresisOnly applicable in case of room thermostat control. The hysteresisband around the desired room temperature is settable. Daikinadvises NOT to change the room temperature hysteresis as it is setfor an optimal use of the system.

Page 54: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

54ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

[9-0C]

a

b

c

d

a Room temperatureb Actual room temperaturec Desired room temperatured Time

# Code DescriptionN/A [9-0C] 1~6°C (default: 1°C)

Room temperature offsetOnly applicable in case of room thermostat control. You cancalibrate the (external) room temperature sensor. It is possible togive an offset to the room thermistor value measured by the userinterface or by the external room sensor. The settings can be usedto compensate for situations where the user interface or externalroom sensor cannot be installed on the ideal installation location(see installation manual and/or installer reference guide).

# Code DescriptionRoom temp. offset: Offset on the actual room temperaturemeasured on the user interface sensor.[A.3.2.2] [2-0A] −5~5°C, step 0.5°C (default: 0°C)Ext. room sensor offset: Only applicable if the external room sensoroption is installed and configured (see [C-08])[A.3.2.3] [2-09] −5~5°C, step 0.5°C (default: 0°C)

Room frost protectionOnly applicable in case of room thermostat control. When the actualroom temperature would drop below the room frost temperature, theunit will supply leaving water (in heating operation mode) to the heatemitters to heat up the room again.

NOTICE

Even if the room thermostat control is OFF on the userinterface, room frost protection remains active.

# Code DescriptionN/A [2-06] Room frost protection

0: disabled

1: enabled (default)N/A [2-05] Room antifrost temperature

4~16°C (default: 12°C)

Shut-off valveOnly applicable in case of 2 leaving water temperature zones.

The shut-off valve, which is in the main leaving water temperaturezone, output is configurable.

INFORMATION

During defrost operation, the shut-off valve is alwaysopened.

Thermo On/OFF: the valve closes, depending on [F-0B] when thereis no heating and/or demand of the room in the main zone. Enablethis setting to:

avoid leaving water supply to the heat emitters in the main LWTzone (through the mixing valve station) when there is request fromthe additional LWT zone.

activate the On/OFF pump of the mixing valve station only whenthere is demand. See "5 Application guidelines" on page 8.

# Code Description[A.3.1.1.6.1] [F-0B] The shut-off valve:

0 (No)(default): is NOT influenced byheating or cooling demand.

1 (Yes): closes when there is NO heatingor cooling demand.

INFORMATION

The setting [F‑0B] is only valid when there is a thermostator external room thermostat request setting (NOT in caseof leaving water temperature setting).

Cooling: Only applicable for EHBX and EHVX. The shut-off valvecloses, depending on [F-0C] when the unit is running in coolingoperation mode. Enable this setting to avoid cold leaving waterthrough the heat emitter and the forming of condensation (e.g. underfloor heating loops or radiators).

# Code Description[A.3.1.1.6.2] [F-0C] The shut-off valve:

0 (No): is NOT influenced by changingthe space operation mode to cooling.

1 (Yes)(default): closes when the spaceoperation mode is cooling.

Operation rangeDepending on the average outdoor temperature, the operation of theunit in space heating or space cooling is prohibited.

Space heating OFF temp: When the averaged outdoor temperatureraises above this value, space heating is turned OFF to avoidoverheating.

# Code Description[A.3.3.1] [4-02] EHBH/X04+08 and EHVH/X04+08:

14~25°C (default: 25°C)

EHBH/X16 and EHVH/X16: 14~35°C(default: 35°C)

The same setting is also used inautomatic heating/cooling changeover.

Space cooling On temp: Only applicable for EHBX and EHVX. Whenthe averaged outdoor temperature drops below this value, spaceooling is turned OFF.

# Code Description[A.3.3.2] [F-01] 10~35°C (default: 20°C)

The same setting is also used inautomatic heating/cooling changeover.

Automatic heating/cooling changeoverOnly applicable for EHBX and EHVX. The end-user sets the

desired operation mode on the user interface: Heating, Cooling orAutomatic (see also operation manual/user reference guide). WhenAutomatic is selected, the changing of the operation mode is basedon:

Monthly allowance for heating and/or cooling: the end-userindicates on a monthly base which operation is allowed (# [7:5]):both heating/cooling or heating only or cooling only. If the allowedoperation mode changes to cooling only, the operation modechanges to cooling. If the allowed operation mode changes toheating only, the operation mode changes to heating.

Averaged outdoor temperature: the operation mode will bechanged in order to always be within range determined by thespace heating OFF temperature for heating and the space coolingOn temperature for cooling. If the outdoor temperature drops, theoperation mode switches to heating and vice versa. Note that theoutdoor temperature will be time-averaged (see "8 Configuration"on page 41).

Page 55: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

55ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

When the outdoor temperature is between the space cooling On andthe space heating OFF temperature, the operation mode remainsunchanged unless the system is configured in room thermostatcontrol with one leaving water temperature zone and quick heatemitters. In that case, the operation mode will change based on:

Measured indoor temperature: besides the heating and thecooling desired room temperature, the installer sets a hysteresisvalue (e.g. when in heating, this value is related to the desiredcooling temperature) and an offset value (e.g. when in heating,this value is related to the desired heating temperature). Example:the desired room temperature in heating is 22°C and in cooling24°C, with a hysteresis value of 1°C and an offset of 4°C.Changeover from heating to cooling will occur when the roomtemperature raises above the maximum of the desired coolingtemperature added by the hysteresis value (thus 25°C) and thedesired heating temperature added by the offset value (thus26°C). Oppositely, changeover from cooling to heating will occurwhen the room temperature drops below the minimum of thedesired heating temperature subtracted by the hysteresis value(thus 21°C) and the desired cooling temperature subtracted by theoffset value (thus 20°C).

Guard timer to prevent too frequent changing from heating tocooling and vice versa.

Changeover settings related to the outdoor temperature (only whenautomatic is selected):

# Code Description[A.3.3.1] [4-02] Space heating OFF temp. If the outdoor

temperature raises above this value, theoperation mode will change to cooling:

EHBH/X04+08 and EHVH/X04+08:14~25°C (default: 25°C)

EHBH/X16 and EHVH/X16: 14~35°C(default: 35°C)

[A.3.3.2] [F-01] Space cooling On temp. If the outdoortemperature drops below this value, theoperation mode will change to heating:

10~35°C (default: 20°C)Changeover settings related to the indoor temperature. Onlyapplicable when Automatic is selected and the system is configuredin room thermostat control with 1 leaving water temperature zoneand quick heat emitters.N/A [4-0B] Hysteresis: Ensures that changeover is

only done when necessary. Example: thespace operation mode only changesfrom cooling to heating when the roomtemperature drops below the desiredheating temperature subtracted by thehysteresis.

1~10°C, step 0.5°C (default: 1°C)N/A [4-0D] Offset: Ensures that the active desired

room temperature can be reached.Example: if heating to coolingchangeover would occur below thedesired room temperature in heating, thisdesired room temperature could neverbe reached.

1~10°C, step 0.5°C (default: 1°C)

8.3.2 Domestic hot water control: advanced

Preset tank temperaturesOnly applicable when domestic hot water preparation is scheduledor scheduled + reheat.

You can define preset tank temperatures:

storage economic

storage comfort

reheat

Preset values make it easy to use the same value in the schedule. Ifyou later want to change the value, you only have to do it in 1 place(see also operation manual and/or user reference guide).

Storage comfort: Only applicable if the desired tank temperature isNOT weather dependent. The storage comfort temperature denotesthe higher desired tank temperature, where the tank heat up cycle isprioritized till the reheat set point. It is the desired temperature whena storage comfort action is scheduled (preferably during night).

# Code Description[7.4.3.1] [6-0A] 30~80°C (default: 60°C)

Storage eco: The storage economic temperature denotes the lowerdesired tank temperature. It is the desired temperature when astorage economic action is scheduled (preferably during day).

# Code Description[7.4.3.2] [6-0B] 30~50°C (default: 45°C)

Reheat: The desired reheat tank temperature is used:

in scheduled + reheat mode, as guaranteed minimum tanktemperature: if the tank temperature drops below this value, thetank is heated up.

during storage comfort, to prioritize the domestic hot waterpreparation. When the tank temperature raises above this value,domestic hot water preparation and space heating/cooling areexecuted sequentially.

# Code Description[7.4.3.3] [6-0C] 30~50°C (default: 45°C)

Weather dependentThe weather dependent installer settings define the parameters forthe weather dependent operation of the unit. When weatherdependent operation is active the desired tank temperature isdetermined automatically depending on the averaged outdoortemperature: low outdoor temperatures will result in higher desiredtank temperatures as the cold water tap is colder and vice versa. Incase of scheduled or scheduled+reheat domestic hot waterpreparation, the storage comfort temperature is weather dependent(according to the weather dependent curve), the storage economicand reheat temperature are NOT weather dependent. In case ofreheat only domestic hot water preparation, the desired tanktemperature is weather dependent (according to the weatherdependent curve). During weather dependent operation, the end-user cannot adjust the desired tank temperature on the userinterface.

# Code Description[A.4.2.2] N/A Weather dependent desired tank

temperature is:

Absolute (default): disabled. Alldesired tank temperature are NOTweather dependent.

Weather dep.: enabled. In scheduledor scheduled+reheat mode, thestorage comfort temperature isweather dependent. Storage economicand reheat temperatures are NOTweather dependent. In reheat mode,the desired tank temperature isweather dependent.Note: When the displayed tanktemperature is weather dependent, itcannot be adjusted on the userinterface.

Page 56: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

56ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.4.2.3] [0-0E]

[0-0D]

[0-0C]

[0-0B]

Weather-dependent curve

TDHW

Ta

[0-0C]

[0-0B]

[0-0E] [0-0D]

TDHW: The desired tank temperature.

Ta: The (averaged) outdoor ambienttemperature

[0-0E]: low outdoor ambienttemperature. −20~5°C (default:−10°C)

[0-0D]: high outdoor ambienttemperature: 10~20°C (default: 15°C)

[0-0C]: desired tank temperature whenthe outdoor temperature equals ordrops below the low ambienttemperature: 55~70°C (default: 70°C)

[0-0B]: desired tank temperature whenthe outdoor temperature equals orrises above the high ambienttemperature: 35~55°C (default: 55°C)

[A.4.2.1] N/A Schedule temperatures

The possible actions of the tanktemperature are:

Presets (default): the predefinedtemperatures storage comfort, storageeconomic, and storage stop. Thepredefined temperature are set in themenu structure.

Custom: custom temperatures withinthe allowable range and storage stop.Note: When selecting this value, it isNOT possible to select weatherdependent tank temperatures.

Booster heater and heat pump operationFor systems with separate domestic hot water tank (only forEHBH/X)

# Code DescriptionN/A [4-03] Defines the operation permission of the

booster heater depending on ambient,domestic hot water temperature oroperation mode of heat pump. Thissetting is only applicable in reheat modefor applications with separate domestichot water tank.

0: Booster heater operation is NOTallowed except for "Disinfectionfunction" and "Powerful domesticwater heating".Only use this in case the capacity ofthe heat pump can cover the heatingrequirements of the house anddomestic hot water over the completeheating season. If the outdoor temperature is belowsetting [5-03] and [5-02]=1, thedomestic hot water will not be heated.The domestic hot water temperaturecan be maximum the heat pump OFFtemperature.

1: Booster heater operation is allowedwhen required.

2: The booster heater is allowedoutside the operation range of the heatpump for domestic hot wateroperation.

Booster heater operation is onlyallowed if:

Ambient temperature is out of theoperating range: Ta<[5-03] orTa>35°C

Domestic hot water temperature is2°C lower than the heat pump OFFtemperature.

The booster heater will be allowed tooperate when Ta<[5-03] depends of thestatus of [5-02].

If bivalent operation is enabled andpermission signal for auxiliary boiler isON, the booster heater will be restrictedeven when Ta<[5-03]. See [C-02].

3 (default): The booster heater isallowed when the heat pump is NOTactive in domestic hot water operation.

Same as setting 1, but simultaneousheat pump domestic hot wateroperation and booster heateroperation is not allowed.

When setting [4-03]=1/2/3, the boosterheater operation can still be restricted bythe booster heater allowance schedule.

N/A [7-00] Overshoot temperature. Temperaturedifference above the domestic hot waterset point temperature before the boosterheater is turned OFF. The domestic hotwater tank temperature will increase with[7-00] above selected temperatureset point.

Range: 0~4°C (default: 0)N/A [7-01] Hysteresis. Temperature difference

between booster heater ON and boosterheater OFF temperature. The minimumhysteresis temperature is 2°C.

Range: 2~40°C (default: 2)

Page 57: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

57ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code DescriptionN/A [6-00] The temperature difference determining

the heat pump ON temperature.

Range: 2~20°C (default: 2)N/A [6-01] The temperature difference determining

the heat pump OFF temperature.

Range: 0~10°C (default: 2)

t

TBH ON

TDHW

THP ON

THP OFF

THP MAX

TU

TBH OFF

[6-01]

[6-00]

[7-00] [7-01]

TU = 70°C

[7-00] = 3°C

[6-01] = 2°C

[6-00] = 7°C

HP BH HP

5

10

20

30

40

41

4850

60

71

70

73

BH Booster heaterHP Heat pump. If heating up time by the heat pump

takes too long, auxiliary heating by the boosterheater can take place

TBH OFF Booster heater OFF temperature (TU+[7-00])TBH ON Booster heater ON temperature (TBH OFF−[7-01])

THP MAX Maximum heat pump temperature at sensor indomestic hot water tank

THP OFF Heat pump OFF temperature (THP MAX−[6-01])THP ON Heat pump ON temperature (THP OFF−[6-00])TDHW Domestic hot water temperature

TU User set point temperature (as set on the userinterface)

t Time

Timers

# Code DescriptionN/A [8-00] Minimum running time for domestic hot

water operation. During this time, spaceheating/cooling is NOT allowed, evenwhen the target domestic hot watertemperature has been reached.

Range: 0~20 minutes (default: 5)N/A [8-01] Maximum running time for domestic hot

water operation. Domestic hot waterheating stops even when the targetdomestic hot water temperature is NOTreached. The actual maximum runningtime also depends on setting [8-04].

When system layout = Roomthermostat control: This preset value isonly taken into account if there is arequest for space heating or cooling. Ifthere is NO request for space heating/cooling, the tank is heated until heatpump OFF temperature.

When system layout ≠ Roomthermostat control: This preset value isalways taken into account.

Range: 5~95 minutes (default: 30)

# Code DescriptionN/A [8-02] Anti-recycling time.

Minimum time between two cycles fordomestic hot water. The actual anti-recycling time also depends on setting[8-04].

Range: 0~10 hours (default: 3) (step: 1/2hour) (only for EHBH/X).

Range: 0~10 hours (default: 0.5) (step:1/2 hour) (only for EHVH/X).

N/A [8-03] Booster heater delay timer.

Only for EKHW*

Start-up delay time for the booster heaterwhen domestic hot water mode is active.

When domestic hot water mode isNOT active, the delay time is20 minutes.

The delay time starts from boosterheater ON temperature.

By adapting the booster heater delaytime versus the maximum runningtime, you can find an optimal balancebetween the energy efficiency and theheat up time.

If the booster heater delay time is settoo high, it might take a long timebefore the domestic hot water reachesits set temperature.

The setting [8-03] is only meaningful ifsetting [4-03]=1. Setting [4-03]=0/2/3limits the booster heater automaticallyin relation to heat pump operation timein domestic water heating mode.

Make sure that [8-03] is always inrelation with the maximum runningtime [8-01].

Range: 20~95 minutes (default: 50).N/A [8-04] Additional running time for the maximum

running time depending on the outdoortemperature [4-02] or [F-01].

Range: 0~95 minutes (default: 95).

[8-02]: Anti-recycling time

t

1

0

1

0

[8-01] [8-02]

[8-00]

1 Heat pump domestic water heating mode (1=active,0=not active)

2 Hot water request for heat pump (1=request, 0=norequest)

t Time

[8-03]: Booster heater delay timer

Page 58: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

58ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

t

1

0

1

0

1

0

[8-03]

3

4

1

0

1 Booster heater operation (1=active, 0=not active)2 Heat pump domestic water heating mode (1=active,

0=not active)3 Hot water request for booster heater (1=request,

0=no request)4 Hot water request for heat pump (1=request, 0=no

request)t Time

[8-04]: Additional running time at [4-02]/[F-01]t

TA

t

TA

0

[8-01]

[5-03] [4-02]

[8-02]

[8-01]+

[8-04]

0

[8-01]

[F-01] 35C

[8-02]

[8-01]+

[8-04]

TA Ambient (outdoor) temperaturet Time

Anti-recycle timeMaximum running current

DisinfectionApplies only to installations with a domestic hot water tank.

The disinfection function disinfects the domestic hot water tank byperiodically heating the domestic hot water to a specific temperature.

CAUTION

The disinfection function settings must be configured bythe installer according to the applicable legislation.

# Code Description[A.4.4.2] [2-00] Operation day:

Each day

Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Sunday[A.4.4.2] [2-01] Disinfection

No

Yes

# Code Description[A.4.4.3] [2-02] Start time: 00~23:00, step: 1:00.[A.4.4.4] [2-03] Temperature target:

With booster heater: 55~80°C, default:70°C.

Without booster heater: 60°C (fixed).[A.4.4.5] [2-04] Duration:

With booster heater: 5~60 minutes,default: 10 minutes.

Without booster heater: 40~60minutes, default: 60 minutes.

00.00 22.00 24.0001.00 23.00 t

TDHW

TH

TU

[2-02]

[2-03] [2-04]

TDHW Domestic hot water temperatureTU User set point temperatureTH High set point temperature [2-03]

t Time

WARNING

Be aware that the domestic hot water temperature at thehot water tap will be equal to the value selected in fieldsetting [2-03] after a disinfection operation.

When the high domestic hot water temperature can be apotential risk for human injuries, a mixing valve (fieldsupply) shall be installed at the hot water outlet connectionof the domestic hot water tank. This mixing valve shallsecure that the hot water temperature at the hot water tapnever rise above a set maximum value. This maximumallowable hot water temperature shall be selectedaccording to the applicable legislation.

CAUTION

Be sure that the disinfection function start time [A.4.4.3]with defined duration [A.4.4.5] is NOT interrupted bypossible domestic hot water demand.

CAUTION

The booster heater permission schedule is used to restrictor allow booster heater operation based on a weeklyprogram. Advice: In order to avoid unsuccessfuldisinfection function, at least allow the booster heater (bythe weekly program) for minimum 4 hours starting from thescheduled start-up of disinfection. If the booster heater isrestricted during disinfection, this function will NOT besuccessful and the applicable warning AH will begenerated.

Page 59: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

59ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

INFORMATION

In case of error code AH and no interruption of thedisinfection function occurred due to domestic hot watertapping, following actions are recommended:

When the Domestic hot water > Setpoint mode >Reheat or Reheat + sched. is selected, it isrecommended to program the start-up the disinfectionfunction at least 4 hours later than the last expectedlarge hot water tapping. This start-up can be set byinstaller settings (disinfection function).

When the Domestic hot water > Setpoint mode >Scheduled only is selected, it is recommended toprogram a Storage eco 3 hours before the scheduledstart-up of the disinfection function to preheat the tank.

INFORMATION

Disinfection function is restarted in case the domestic hotwater temperature drops 5°C below the disinfection targettemperature within the duration time.

8.3.3 Heat source settings

Backup heaterFor systems without domestic hot water tank or with separatedomestic hot water tank (only for EHBH/X)

Backup heater operation mode: defines when backup heateroperation is enabled or disabled. This setting is only overruled whenbackup heating is required during defrost operation or malfunctioningof the outdoor unit (when [A.5.1.2] [4-06] is enabled)

For systems with an integrated domestic hot water tank (onlyfor EHVH/X)

Backup heater operation mode: defines when backup heateroperation is disabled or only allowed during domestic hot wateroperation. This setting is only overruled when backup heating isrequired during defrost operation or malfunctioning of the outdoorunit (when [A.5.1.2] [4-06] is enabled)

# Code Description[A.5.1.1] [4-00] Backup heater operation:

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

2: Limited, only enabled duringdomestic hot water operation of forsystem with integrated domestic hotwater tank.

[A.5.1.2] [4-06] Defines if during emergency operationthe backup heater is:

1: Allowed

0: NOT allowed

Emergency operation will startup backupheater operation during certain outdoormalfunctions.

[A.5.1.3] [4-07] Defines whether backup heater secondstep is:

1: Allowed

0: NOT allowed

In this way it is possible to limit thebackup heater capacity.

N/A [5-00] Is backup heater operation allowedabove equilibrium temperature duringspace heating operation?

1: NOT allowed

0: Allowed

# Code Description[A.5.1.4] [5-01] Equilibrium temperature.

Outdoor temperature below whichoperation of the backup heater isallowed.

INFORMATION

Only for systems with integrated domestic hot water tank: Ifthe storage temperature set point is higher than 50°C,Daikin recommends NOT to disable the backup heatersecond step because it will have a big impact on therequired time for the unit to heat up the domestic hot watertank.

BivalentApplies only to installations with an auxiliary boiler (alternatingoperation, parallel connected). The purpose of this function is todetermine — based on the outdoor temperature — which heatingsource can/will provide the space heating, either the Daikin indoorunit or an auxiliary boiler.

The field setting "bivalent operation" apply only the indoor unit spaceheating operation and the permission signal for the auxiliary boiler.

When the "bivalent operation" function is enabled, the indoor unit willstop automatically in space heating operation when the outdoortemperature drops below "bivalent ON temperature" and thepermission signal for the auxiliary boiler becomes active.

When the bivalent operation function is disabled, the space heatingby indoor unit is possible at all outdoor temperatures (see operationranges) and permission signal for auxiliary boiler is alwaysdisactivated.

[C-03] Bivalent ON temperature: defines the outdoor temperaturebelow which the permission signal for the auxiliary boiler will beactive (closed, KCR on EKRP1HB) and space heating by indoorunit will be stopped.

[C-04] Bivalent hysteresis: defines the temperature differencebetween bivalent ON temperature and bivalent OFF temperature.

Permission signal X1–X2 (EKRP1HB)

TA[C-03]

[C-04]

a

b

TA Outdoor temperaturea closedb open

CAUTION

Make sure to observe all rules mentioned in applicationguideline 5 when bivalent operation function is enabled.

Daikin shall not be held liable for any damage resultingfrom failure to observe this rule.

INFORMATION

The combination of setting [4-03]=0/2 with bivalentoperation at low outdoor temperature can result indomestic hot water shortage.

The bivalent operation function has no impact on thedomestic water heating mode. The domestic hot wateris still and only heated by the indoor unit.

The permission signal for the auxiliary boiler is locatedon the EKRP1HB (digital I/O PCB). When it is activated,the contact X1, X2 is closed and open when it isdisactivated. See illustration below for the schematiclocation of this contact.

Page 60: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

60ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

YC Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4

X1X2X3X4

OFF ON

X2M

SS1

X1M

# Code DescriptionN/A [C-03] ON temperature.

If the outdoor temperature drops belowthis temperature, the bivalent heatsource permission signal will be active.

N/A [C-04] Hysteresis.

Temperature difference between bivalentheat source ON and OFF to prevent toomuch switching.

Bottom plate heaterApplies only to installation with an outdoor unit ERHQ and the optionbottom plate heater kit is installed.

[F-02] Bottom plate heater ON temperature: defines the outdoortemperature below which the bottom plate heater will be activatedby indoor unit in order to prevent ice build-up in the bottom plate ofthe outdoor unit at lower outdoor temperatures.

[F-03] Bottom plate heater hysteresis: defines the temperaturedifference between bottom plate heater ON temperature and thebottom plate heater OFF temperature.

Bottom plate heater

TA[F-02]

[F-03]

a

b

TA Outdoor temperaturea Onb OFF

CAUTION

The bottom plate heater is controlled via EKRP1HB.

# Code DescriptionN/A [F-02] Bottom plate heater ON temperature:

3~10°C

Default: 3°CN/A [F-03] Hysteresis: 2~5°C

Default: 5°C

INFORMATION

Dependent from setting [F-04] contact Y2 located on digitalI/O PCB (EKRP1HB) controls the option bottom plateheater. See illustration below for the schematic location ofthis contact. For complete upwiring, see "15.6 Wiringdiagram" on page 85.

YC Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4

X1X2X3X4

OFF ON

X2M

SS1

X1M

8.3.4 System settings

PrioritiesFor systems with separate domestic hot water tank (only forEHBH/X)

# Code DescriptionN/A [5-02] Space heating priority.

Defines whether domestic hot water ismade by booster heater only whenoutdoor temperature is below spaceheating priority temperature. It isrecommended to enable this function toshorten tank heating operation timeand guaranteed domestic hot watercomfort.

0: disabled

1: enabled

[5‑01] Equilibrium temperature and[5‑03] Space heating prioritytemperature are related to backupheater. So, you must set [5‑03] equal ora few degrees higher than [5‑01].

[5-03] Space heating priority temperature.

Defines the outdoor temperature whichbelow the domestic hot water will beheated by booster heater only.

Range: 15~35°C (default: 0).N/A [5-04] Set point correction for domestic hot

water temperature: set point correctionfor the desired domestic hot watertemperature, to be applied at lowoutdoor temperature when spaceheating priority is enabled. Thecorrected (higher) set point will makesure that the total heat capacity of thewater in the tank remainsapproximately unchanged, bycompensating for the colder bottomwater layer of the tank (because theheat exchanger coil is not operational)with a warmer top layer.

Range: 0~20°C (default: 10).[A.6.1.2] [C-00] If a solar kit is installed, what has

priority to heat up the tank?

0: Solar kit

1: Heat pump

Page 61: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

61ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.6.1.1] [C-01] If there is a simultaneous demand for

space heating/cooling and domestic hotwater heating (by heat pump), whichoperation mode has priority?

0: The operation mode with thehighest request has priority.

1: Always space heating/cooling haspriority.

For systems with an integrated domestic hot water tank (onlyfor EHVH/X)

# Code DescriptionN/A [5-02] Space heating priority.

Defines whether backup heater willassist the heat pump during domestichot water operation.

Consequence: Shorter tank heatingoperation time and shorter interruptionof the space heating cycle.

This setting MUST always be 1.

[5‑01] Equilibrium temperature and[5‑03] Space heating prioritytemperature are related to backupheater. So, you must set [5‑03] equal ora few degrees higher than [5‑01].

If the backup heater operation is limited([4-00]=0) and the outdoor temperatureis lower than setting [5-03], thedomestic hot water will not be heatedwith the backup heater.

N/A [5-03] Space heating priority temperature.

Defines the outdoor temperature whichbelow the backup heater will assistduring domestic hot water heating.

[A.6.1.2] [C-00] If a solar kit is installed, what haspriority to heat up the tank?

0: Solar kit

1: Heat pump[A.6.1.1.1] [C-01] If there is a simultaneous demand for

space heating/cooling and domestic hotwater heating (by heat pump), whichoperation mode has priority?

0: The operation mode with thehighest request has priority.

1: Always space heating/cooling haspriority.

Auto-restartWhen power returns after a power supply failure, the auto restartfunction reapplies the remote controller settings at the time of thepower failure. Therefore, Daikin recommends to always enable thefunction.

If the preferential kWh rate power supply is of the type that powersupply is interrupted, always enable the auto restart function.Continuous indoor unit control can be guaranteed independent of thepreferential kWh rate power supply status, by connecting the indoorunit to a normal kWh rate power supply.

# Code Description[A.6.1] [3-00] Auto restart function:

0: Enabled

1: Disabled

Preferential kWh rate power supply

# Code DescriptionA.2.6.1 [d‑01] Connection to a preferential kWh rate

power supply:

0 (default): The outdoor unit isconnected to a normal power supply.

1: The outdoor unit is connected to apreferential kWh rate power supply.When the preferential kWh rate signalis sent by the electricity company, thecontact will open and the unit will go inforced off mode. When the signal isreleased again, the voltage-freecontact will close and the unit willrestart operation. Therefore, alwaysenable the auto restart function.

2: The outdoor unit is connected to apreferential kWh rate power supply.When the preferential kWh rate signalis sent by the electricity company, thecontact will close and the unit will go inforced off mode. When the signal isreleased again, the voltage-freecontact will close and the unit willrestart operation. Therefore, alwaysenable the auto restart function.

[A.6.2.1] [d-00] Which heaters are allowed to operateduring preferential kWh rate powersupply?

0 (default): None

1: Booster heater only

2: Backup heater only

3: All heaters

Only for EHBH/X + EKHW*: See tablebelow.

Only for EHVH/X: See table below.

Settings 1, 2 and 3 are only meaningful ifthe preferential kWh rate power supply isof type 1 or indoor unit is connected to anormal kWh rate power supply (via30-31 X2M) and the backup heater andbooster heater are NOT connected tothe preferential kWh rate power supply.

Only for EHBH/X + EKHW*:

[d-00] Booster heater Backup heater Compressor0 (default) Forced OFF Forced OFF Forced OFF1 Permitted2 Forced OFF Permitted3 Permitted

Only for EHVH/X: Do NOT use 1 or 3.

[d-00] Backup heater Compressor0 (default) Forced OFF Forced OFF2 Allowed

Power saving function

INFORMATION

Only applicable for ERLQ004~008CAV3.

Defines whether the outdoor unit power supply can be interrupted(internally by indoor unit control) during stand-still conditions (nospace heating/cooling nor domestic hot water demand). The final

Page 62: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

62ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

decision to allow power interruption of the outdoor unit duringstandstill depends on the ambient temperature, compressorconditions and minimum internal timers.

To enable the power saving function setting, [E-08] needs to beenable at the user interface in combination with the removal of thepower saving connector at the outdoor unit.

NOTICE

The power saving connector at the outdoor unit shall onlybe removed when the main power supply to the applicationis switched OFF.

In case of ERLQ004~008CAV3

3x

1 2 3

# Code DescriptionN/A [E-08] Power saving function for outdoor unit:

0: Disabled

1 (default): Enabled

In case of ERHQ011~016BAV3, ERHQ011~016BAW1,ERLQ011~016CAV3, and ERLQ011~016CAW1

Do NOT change the default setting.

# Code DescriptionN/A [E-08] Power saving function for outdoor unit:

0 (default): Disabled

1: Enabled

Power consumption controlOnly applicable for EHBH/X04+08 + EHVH/X04+08. See"5 Application guidelines" on page 8 for detailed information aboutthis functionality.

Pwr consumpt. control

# Code Description[A.6.3.1] [4-08] Mode:

0 (No limitation)(default): Disabled.

1 (Continuous): Enabled: You canset one power limitation value (in Aor kW) to which the system powerconsumption will be limited for all thetime.

2 (Digital inputs): Enabled: You canset up to four different powerlimitation values (in A or kW) towhich the system powerconsumption will be limited when thecorresponding digital input asks.

[A.6.3.2] [4-09] Type:

0 (Current): The limitation values areset in A.

1 (Power)(default): The limitationvalues are set in kW.

[A.6.3.3] [5-05] Value: Only applicable in case of fulltime power limitation mode.

0~50 A, step 1 A (default: 50 A)[A.6.3.4] [5-09] Value: Only applicable in case of full

time power limitation mode.

0~20 kW, step 0.5 kW (default: 20 kW)Amp. limits for DI: Only applicable in case of power limitation modebased on digital inputs and based on current values.[A.6.3.5.1] [5-05] Limit DI1

0~50 A, step 1 A (default: 50 A)[A.6.3.5.2] [5-06] Limit DI2

0~50 A, step 1 A (default: 50 A)[A.6.3.5.3] [5-07] Limit DI3

0~50 A, step 1 A (default: 50 A)[A.6.3.5.4] [5-08] Limit DI4

0~50 A, step 1 A (default: 50 A)kW limits for DI: Only applicable in case of power limitation modebased on digital inputs and based on power values.[A.6.3.6.1] [5-09] Limit DI1

0~20 kW, step 0.5 kW (default: 20 kW)[A.6.3.6.2] [5-0A] Limit DI2

0~20 kW, step 0.5 kW (default: 20 kW)[A.6.3.6.3] [5-0B] Limit DI3

0~20 kW, step 0.5 kW (default: 20 kW)[A.6.3.6.4] [5-0C] Limit DI4

0~20 kW, step 0.5 kW (default: 20 kW)Priority: Only applicable in case of an optional EKHW*.

Page 63: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

63ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

# Code Description[A.6.3.7] [4-01] Power consumption control

DISABLED [4‑08]=0 0 (None)(default): Backup heater and

booster heater can operatesimultaneously.

1 (BSH): The booster heater isprioritized.

2 (BUH): The backup heater isprioritized.

Power consumption controlENABLED [4‑08]=1 or 2 0 (None)(default): Depending on the

power limitation level, the boosterheater will be limited first, before thebackup heater is limited.

1 (BSH): Depending on the powerlimitation level, the backup heater willbe limited first, before the boosterheater is limited.

2 (BUH): Depending on the powerlimitation level, the booster heaterwill be limited first, before the backupheater is limited.

Note: In case of power consumption control is DISABLED (for allmodels) the setting [4‑01] defines whether backup heater andbooster heater can operate simultaneously, or if the booster heater/backup heater has priority over the backup heater/booster heater.

In case of power consumption control is ENABLED (only for EHBH/X04+08 and EHVH/X04+08), the setting [4‑01] defines the priority ofthe electrical heaters depending on applicable limitation.

# Code Description[A.6.3.7] [4-01] 0 (None)(default): No heater is

prioritized. If the power consumptioncontrol is enabled, the booster heaterwill be limited first.

1 (BSH): The booster heater isprioritized. If the power consumptioncontrol is enabled, the backup heater(step 1 and/or step 2) will be limitedfirst, before the booster heater islimited.

2 (BUH): The backup heater isprioritized. If the power consumptioncontrol is enabled, the booster heaterwill be limited first, before the backupheater is limited.

Average timerThe average timer corrects the influence of ambient temperaturevariations. The weather-dependent set point calculation is done onthe average outdoor temperature.

The outdoor temperature is averaged over the selected time period.

# Code Description[A.6.4] [1-0A] Outdoor average timer:

No averaging (default)

12 hours

24 hours

48 hours

72 hours

INFORMATION

If the power saving function is activated (see [E‑08]), theaverage outdoor temperature calculation is only possible incase the external outdoor temperature sensor is used. See"5.7 Setting up an external temperature sensor" onpage 20.

Offset temperature external outdoor ambient sensorOnly applicable in case of an external outdoor ambient sensor isinstalled and configured.

You can calibrate the external outdoor ambient temperature sensor.It is possible to give an offset to the thermistor value. The setting canbe used to compensate for situations where the external outdoorambient sensor cannot be installed on the ideal installation location(see installation).

# Code Description[A.6.5] [2-0B] −5~5°C, step 0.5°C (default: 0°C)

Forced defrostYou can manually start a defrost operation.

The decision to execute the manual defrost operation is made by theoutdoor unit and depends on ambient and heat exchangerconditions. When the outdoor unit accepted the forced defrostoperation, will be displayed on the user interface. If is NOTdisplayed within 6 minutes after forced defrost operation wasenabled, the outdoor unit ignored the forced defrost request.

# Code Description[A.6.6] N/A Do you want to start a defrost operation?

OK

Cancel

Pump operationThe pump operation field setting apply to the pump operation logiconly when [F-0D]=1.

When the pump operation function is disabled the pump will stop ifthe outdoor temperature is higher than the value set by [4-02] or ifthe outdoor temperature drops below the value set by [F-01]. Whenthe pump operation is enabled, the pump operation is possible at alloutdoor temperatures.

# Code DescriptionN/A [F-00] Pump operation:

0: Disabled if outdoor temperature ishigher than [4-02] or lower than [F-01]depending on heating/coolingoperation mode.

1: Possible at all outdoortemperatures.

Pump operation during flow abnormality [F-09] defines whether thepump stops at flow abnormality or allow to continue operation whenflow abnormality occurs. This functionality is only valid in specificconditions where it is preferable to keep the pump active whenTa<4°C (pump will be activated for 10 minutes and disactivated after10 minutes). Daikin shall NOT be held liable for any damageresulting this functionality.

# Code DescriptionN/A [F-09] Pump continue operation when flow

abnormality:

0: Pump will be desactivated.

1: Pump will be activated whenTa<4°C (10 minutes ON – 10 minutesOFF)

Page 64: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

64ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

8.4 Menu structure: Overview

< >

DateTimeDaylight Saving TimeClock type

Set time/date[1]

HolidayHoliday modeFromUntil

Holiday[2]

Use day schedule

Home

Room temperatureLWT mainLWT additionalTank temperature

Select schedules[5]

Sensor informationEnergy meteringError handlingUser permission level

Information[6]

ActuatorsOperation modesRunning hoursVersion

DisplayTemperature lockSet schedulesPreset values

User settings[7]

Allowed operation modeUnit of measurement

HolidayHoliday modeFromUntil

Holiday[2]

Operation mode

Away

HeatingCooling

Consumed electr.Produced energy

Energy metering[6.2]

Error historyContact/helpdesk number

Error information[6.3]

User interfaceIndoor unitOutdoor unit

Version[6.8]

ContrastBacklit LCD timeUser profileAvailable home pages

Display[7.1]

Room temperatureLWT mainTank temperatureQuiet level

Preset values[7.4]

Room temp.LWT mainLWT additionalTank temp.

Set schedules[7.3]

Booster heater permissionQuiet modeDHW pump

[3]

Operation mode[4]

Quiet mode

Page 65: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

8 Configuration

Installer reference guide

65ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

8.5 Menu structure: Overview installer settings

LanguageSystem layoutSpace operationDomestic hot water (DHW)

Installer settings[A]

Heat sourcesSystem operationCommissioningOverview settings

StandardOptionsCapacities

System layout[A.2]

Unit type

Standard[A.2.1]

DHW operationDHW tank heaterContact type mainContact type add.

Options[A.2.2]

Digital I/O PCB

Ext. backup heat srcSolar kitAlarm outputBottom plate heater

Digital I/O PCB[A.2.2.6]

LWT settingsRoom thermostatOperation range

Space operation[A.3]

MainAdditional

LWT settings[A.3.1]

LWT setpoint modeTemperature rangeSet weather-dependent heatingSet weather-dependent cooling

Main[A.3.1.1]

Modulated LWTShut-off valve

LWT setpoint modeTemperature rangeSet weather-dependent heatingSet weather-dependent cooling

Additional[A.3.1.2]

Room temp. rangeRoom temp. offset

Room thermostat[A.3.2]

Space heating OFF tempSpace cooling On temp

[A.3.3]

Setpoint modeScheduled DHW

Domestic hot water (DHW)[A.4]

Schedule temperaturesStorage comfort SP modeWeather-dependent curve

Scheduled DHW[A.4.2]

Setpoint readout typeConversion persons

Setpoint readout[A.4.3]

External sensor

Demand PCB

DisinfectionOperation dayStart timeTemperature target

[A.4.4]

Duration

Backup heaterHeat sources[A.5]

Operation modeAuto emergency operationEnable BUH step 2

Backup heater[A.5.1]

Test runUFH screed dryoutAir purgeActuator test run

Commissioning[A.7]

Setpoint readoutDisinfectionMaximum setpoint

Auto restartPreferential kWh ratePwr consumpt. control

System operation[A.6]

Averaging timeExt amb. sensor offset

ModeTypeAmp. valuekW value

Pwr consumpt. control[A.6.3]

Amp. limits for DIkW limits for DI

Forced defrost

Allowed heatersForced pump OFF

Preferential kWh rate[A.6.2]

Priority

Operation range

Disinfection

Confirm layout Compressor typeIndoor software typeBackup heater stepsBUH typePreferential kWh rate

Emitter type

Unit control methodNumber of LWT zonesPump operation modePower saving possibleUser interface location

Equilibrium temp.

Room temp. step

Delta T emitter

External kWh meter 1External kWh meter 2DHW pump

Page 66: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

9 Commissioning

Installer reference guide

66ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

9 Commissioning

INFORMATION

During the first running period of the unit, the requiredpower may be higher than stated on the nameplate ofthe unit. This phenomenon originates from thecompressor that needs elapse of a 50 hours run inperiod before reaching smooth operation and stablepower consumption.

Before startup, the installation must be powered for atleast 2 hours to allow cranckcase heater to operate.

9.1 Overview: CommissioningCommissioning typically consists of the following stages:1 Checking the "Checklist before test run".2 Performing an air purge.3 Performing a test run for the system.4 If necessary, performing a test run for one or more actuators.5 If necessary, performing an underfloor heating screed dryout.

9.2 Checklist before test runDo NOT operate the system before the following checks are OK:

The indoor unit is properly mounted.

The outdoor unit is properly mounted.

The following field wiring has been carried out accordingto this document and the applicable legislation:

Between the local supply panel and the indoor unit

Between the indoor unit and the valves (if applicable)

Between the indoor unit and the room thermostat (ifapplicable)

Between the indoor unit and the domestic hot watertank (if applicable)

The system is properly earthed and the earth terminalsare tightened.The fuses or locally installed protection devices areaccording to this document, and have not been bypassed.The power supply voltage on the local supply panel isaccording to the voltage on the identification label of theunit.There are NO loose connections or damaged electricalcomponents in the switch box.There are NO damaged components or squeezedpipes on the inside of the indoor and outdoor units.Depending on the backup heater type, the backup heatercircuit breaker F1B or F3B on the switch box is turnedON.Only for tanks with built-in booster heater:

The booster heater circuit breaker F2B on theswitch box is turned ON.There are NO refrigerant leaks.

The refrigerant pipes (gas and liquid) are thermallyinsulated.The correct pipe size is installed and the pipes areproperly insulated.There is NO water leak inside the indoor unit.

The shut-off valves are properly installed and fully open.

The stop valves (gas and liquid) on the outdoor unit arefully open.The air purge valve is open (at least 2 turns).

The pressure relief valve purges water when opened.

NOTICE

Before starting up the system, the unit must be energizedfor at least 2 hours. The cranckcase heater needs to heatup the compressor oil to avoid oil shortage andcompressor breakdown during startup.

NOTICE

NEVER operate the unit without thermistors, burning of thecompressor may result.

NOTICE

Do NOT operate the unit until the refrigerant piping iscomplete (when operated this way, the compressor willbreak).

9.3 Air purge functionWhen commissioning and installing the unit, it is very important toremove all air in the water circuit. When the air purge function isrunning, the pump operates without actual operation of the unit andthe remove of air in the water circuit will start.

There are 2 modes to purge air:

Manually: the unit will operate with a fixed pump speed and in afixed or custom position of the 3-way valve. The custom positionof the 3-way valve is a helpful feature to remove all air from thewater circuit in space heating or domestic hot water heating mode.The operation speed of the pump (slow or quick) can also be set.

Automatic: the unit change automatically the pump speed and theposition of the 3-way valve between space heating or domestichot water heating mode.

The air purge function stops automatically after 30 minutes.

INFORMATION

It is recommended to start the air purge function inmanually mode. When almost all air is removed, it isrecommended to start the automatic mode. If necessary,repeat the automatic mode until you are sure that all air isremoved from the system.

9.3.1 To perform a manual air purge1 Set the user permission level to Installer. See "To set the user

permission level to Installer" on page 42.

2 Set the air purge mode: go to [A.7.3.1] > Installer settings >Commissioning > Air purge > Type.

3 Select Manual and press .

4 Set the desired pump speed: go to [A.7.3.2] > Installersettings > Commissioning > Speed.

5 Select the desired pump speed and press .

Result: Low

Result: High

6 If applicable, select the desired position of the 3-way valve. Ifnot applicable, go to [A.7.3.4].

7 Set the desired position of the 3-way valve: go to [A.7.3.3] >Installer settings > Commissioning > Air purge > Circuit.

8 Select the desired circuit and press .

Page 67: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

9 Commissioning

Installer reference guide

67ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Result: SHC

Result: Tank

9 Go to [A.7.3.4] > Installer settings > Commissioning > Airpurge > Start air purge and press to start the air purgefunction.

Result: Air purging is started and following screen will be shown.

Air purgeTue 15:10

Stop

9.3.2 To perform an automatic air purge1 Set the user permission level to Installer. See "To set the user

permission level to Installer" on page 42.

2 Set the air purge mode: go to [A.7.3.1] > Installer settings >Commissioning > Air purge > Type.

3 Select Automatic and press .

4 Go to [A.7.3.4] > Installer settings > Commissioning > Airpurge > Start air purge and press to start the air purgefunction.

Result: Air purging will started and following screen will be shown.

Air purgeTue 15:10

Stop

9.3.3 To interrupt air purge1 Go to [A.7.3].

2 Press and press to confirm the air purge function.

9.4 To perform a test run1 Go to [A.7.1]: > Installer settings > Commissioning > Test

run.

2 Select a test and press .Example: Heating.

3 Select OK and press .

Result: The test run starts. It stops automatically when done(±30 min). To stop it manually, press , select OK and press .

INFORMATION

If two user interfaces are present, you can start a test runfrom both user interfaces.

The user interface that you used to start the test rundisplays a status screen.

The other user interface displays a busy screen. Duringbusy screen, you cannot stop the test run.

If the installation of the unit has been done correctly, the unit willstart up during test operation in the selected operation mode. Duringthe test mode, the correct operation of the unit can be checked bymonitoring leaving water temperature (heating/cooling mode) andtank temperature (domestic hot water mode).

For monitoring the temperature, go to [A.6] and select theinformation you want to check.

9.5 To perform an actuator test runPurpose of the actuator test run is to confirm the operation of thedifferent actuators (e.g., when you select pump operation, a test runof the pump will start).

1 Make sure the room temperature control, the leaving watertemperature control and the domestic hot water control areturned OFF via the user interface.

2 Go to [A.7.4]: > Installer settings > Commissioning >Actuator test run.

3 Select an actuator and press . Example: Pump.

4 Select OK and press .

Result: The actuator test run starts. It stops automatically whendone. To stop it manually, press , select OK and press .

9.5.1 Possible actuator test runs Booster heater test

Backup heater (step 1) test

Backup heater (step 2) test

Pump test

Solar pump test

2-way valve test

3-way valve test

Bottom plate heater test

Bivalent signal test

Alarm output test

Cooling/heating signal test

Quick heatup test

Circulation pump test

9.6 Underfloor heating screed dryoutThis function will be used to dry-out the screed of an underfloorheating very slowly during the construction of a house. It allows theinstaller to program and execute this program.

This function can be executed without finishing the outdoorinstallation. In this case, the backup heater will perform the screeddryout and supply the leaving water without heat pump operation.

NOTICE

The installer is resposible to:

contact the screed manufacturer for the initial heatinginstructions to avoid cracking the screed,

program the underfloor heating screed dryout scheduleaccording to the above instruction of the screedmanufacturer,

check on regular base the good working of the setup,

select the correct program that complies the type ofused screed for the floor.

The installer can program up to 20 steps where for each step heneeds to enter:

1 the duration by a number of hours up to 72 hours,

2 the desired leaving water temperature.

Example:

Page 68: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

10 Hand-over to the user

Installer reference guide

68ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

t

T

A125°C (1) 35°C (2)

24h (1) 36h (2)

T Desired leaving water temperature (15~55°C)t Duration (1~72h)

(1) Action step 1(2) Action step 2

9.6.1 To program an underfloor heating screeddryout schedule

1 Go to [A.7.2]: > Installer settings > Commissioning > UFHscreed dryout > Set dryout schedule.

2 Use the , , , and to program the schedule.

Use and to scroll through the schedule. Use and to adjust the selection.

Result: If a time is selected, you can set the durationbetween 1 and 72 hours.

Result: If a temperature is selected, you can set the desiredleaving water temperature between 15°C and 55°C.

3 To add a new step, select "–h" or "–" on an empty line andpress .

4 To delete a step, set the duration to "–" by pressing .

5 Press to save the schedule.

INFORMATION

It is important that there is no empty step in the program.The schedule will be executed until a blank step isprogrammed OR after 20 consequetive steps.

9.6.2 To start an underfloor heating screeddryout

INFORMATION

Preferential kWh rate power supply cannot be used incombination with underfloor heating screed dryout.

1 Go to [A.7.2]: > Installer settings > Commissioning > UFHscreed dryout.

2 Set a dryout program.

3 Select Start dryout and press .

4 Select OK and press .

Result: The underfloor heating screed dryout starts and followingscreen will be shown. It stops automatically when done. To stop itmanually, press , select OK and press .

Screed dryoutTue 15:10

Stop

Current step 114d 12h25°C

RemainingDesired LWT

9.6.3 To readout the status of an underfloorheating screed dryout

1 Press .

2 The current step of the program, the total remaining time, andthe current desired leaving water temperature will be displayed.

INFORMATION

There is limited access to the menu structure. Only thefollowing menu’s can be accessed:

Information.

Installer settings > Commissioning > UFH screed dryout

9.6.4 To interrupt an underfloor heating screeddryout

When the program is stopped by an error, an operation switch off, ora power failure, then the U3 error will be displayed on the userinterface. To resolve the error codes, see "12.3 Solving problemsbased on error codes" on page 72. To reset the U3 error, yourUser permission level needs to be Installer.

1 Go to the underfloor heating screed dryout screen.

2 Press .

3 Press to interrupt the program.

4 Select OK and press .

Result: The underfloor heating screed dryout program is stopped.

When the program is stopped due to an error, an operation switchoff, or a power failure, you can read out the underfloor heatingscreed dryout status.

5 Go to [A.7.2]: > Installer settings > Commissioning > UFHscreed dryout > Dryout status > Stopped at and followed by thelast executed step.

6 Modify and restart the execution of the program.

10 Hand-over to the user

Once the test run is finished and the unit operates properly, pleasemake sure the following is clear for the user:

Fill in the installer setting table (in the operation manual) with theactual settings.

Make sure that the user has the CD/DVD and the printeddocumentation and ask him/her to keep it for future reference.

Explain the user how to properly operate the system and whathe/she has to do in case of problems.

Show the user what jobs he/she has to do in relation tomaintenance of the unit.

Explain the user about energy saving tips as described in theoperation manual.

11 Maintenance and service

NOTICE

Maintenance should preferably be carried out yearly by aninstaller or service agent.

11.1 Maintenance safety precautions

DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION

Page 69: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

11 Maintenance and service

Installer reference guide

69ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

DANGER: RISK OF BURNING

NOTICE: Risk of electrostatic discharge

Before performing any maintenance or service work, toucha metal part of the unit in order to eliminate static electricityand to protect the PCB.

11.1.1 Opening the indoor unit

CAUTION

The front panel is heavy. Be careful NOT to jam yourfingers when opening or closing the unit.

You just need to remove the front panel and remove the expandedpolystyrene front cover of the unit to gain access to most parts whichneed maintenance. In rare cases, you may also need to remove theswitch box.

11.2 Checklist for yearly maintenance forindoor unit

Check the following at least once a year:

Water pressure

Water filter

Water pressure relief valve

Relief valve hose

Pressure relief valve of the domestic hot water tank

Switch box

Descaling

Chemical disinfection

Anode

Water pressureCheck whether the water pressure is above 1 bar. If it is lower, addwater.

Water filterClean the water filter.

NOTICE

Handle the water filter with care. Do NOT use excessiveforce when you reinsert the water filter so as NOT todamage the water filter mesh.

1 3

2

5

4

Water pressure relief valveOpen the valve and check the correct operation. Water may be veryhot!

Checkpoints are:

Water flow coming from the relief valve is high enough, noblockage of the valve or in between piping is suspected.

Water coming out from the relief valve and contains debris or dirt:

open the valve untill the discharged water does not contain dirtanymore

flush the system and install an additional water filter (amagnectic cyclone filter is preferably).

To make sure this water originates from the tank, check after a tankheat up cycle.

It is recommended to do this maintenance more frequently.

Pressure relief valve hoseCheck whether the pressure relief valve hose is positionedappropriately to drain the water. See "7.5.2 To connect the pressurerelief valve to the drain" on page 33.

Relief valve of the domestic hot water tank (field supply)Open the valve and check the correct operation. Water may be veryhot!

Checkpoints are:

Water flow coming from the relief valve is high enough, noblockage of the valve or in between piping is suspected.

Water coming out from the relief valve and contains debris or dirt:

open the valve untill the discharged water does not contain dirtanymore

flush and clean the complete tank including the piping betweenthe relief valve and cold water inlet.

To make sure this water originates from the tank, check after a tankheat up cycle.

It is recommended to do this maintenance more frequently.

Switch box Carry out a thorough visual inspection of the switch box and look

for obvious defects such as loose connections or defective wiring.

Using an ohmmeter, check for correct operation of contactorsK1M, K2M, K3M and K5M (depending on your installation). Allcontacts of these contactors must be in open position when thepower is turned OFF.

WARNING

If the internal wiring is damaged, it has to be replaced bythe manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualifiedpersons.

DescalingDepending on water quality and set temperature, scale can depositon the heat exchanger inside the domestic hot water tank and canrestrict heat transfer. For this reason, descaling of the heatexchanger may be required at certain intervals.

Chemical disinfectionIf the applicable legislation requires a chemical disinfection inspecific situations, involving the domestic hot water tank, please beaware that the domestic hot water tank is a stainless steel cylindercontaining an aluminium anode. We recommend to use a non-chloride based disinfectant approved for use with water intended forhuman consumption.

NOTICE

When using means for descaling or chemical disinfection,it must be ensured that the water quality remains compliantwith EU directive 98/83 EC.

Page 70: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

12 Troubleshooting

Installer reference guide

70ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

AnodeNo maintenance or replacement required.

11.2.1 To drain the domestic hot water tank1 Switch OFF the power supply.

2 Turn OFF the cold water supply.

3 Open the hot water taps.

4 Open the drain valve.

11.3 Checklist for yearly maintenance foroutdoor unit

Check the following at least once a year:

Outdoor unit heat exchanger.

The heat exchanger of the outdoor unit can get blocked up due todust, dirt, leaves, etc. It is recommended to clean the heatexchanger yearly. A blocked heat exchanger can lead to too lowpressure or too high pressure leading to worse performance.

11.4 To drain the domestic hot water tank1 Open the front panel.

2 Remove the 4 screws, unhook and put the switch box aside.

4x

3 The drain hose is located at the right side of the unit. Cut the tiewraps or tape and bring the flexible drain hose forward.

a

a Drain hose

INFORMATION

To drain the tank, all the hot water tapping points need tobe opened to allow air to enter the system.

12 Troubleshooting

12.1 General guidelinesBefore starting the troubleshooting procedure, carry out a thoroughvisual inspection of the unit and look for obvious defects such asloose connections or defective wiring.

WARNING

When carrying out an inspection on the switch box ofthe unit, always make sure that the unit is disconnectedfrom the mains. Turn off the respective circuit breaker.

When a safety device was activated, stop the unit andfind out why the safety device was activated beforeresetting it. NEVER bridge safety devices or changetheir values to a value other than the factory defaultsetting. If you are unable to find the cause of theproblem, call your dealer.

DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION

WARNING

Prevent hazard due to the inadvertent resetting of thethermal cut-out: this appliance must NOT be suppliedthrough an external switching device, such as a timer, orconnected to a circuit that is regularly turned ON and OFFby the utility.

DANGER: RISK OF BURNING

12.2 Solving problems based on symptoms

12.2.1 Symptom: The unit is NOT heating orcooling as expected

Possible causes Corrective actionThe temperature setting is NOTcorrect

Check the temperature setting onthe remote controller. Refer tothe operation manual.

Page 71: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

12 Troubleshooting

Installer reference guide

71ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Possible causes Corrective actionThe water flow is too low Check and make sure that:

All shut-off valves of the watercircuit are completely open.

The water filter is clean. Cleanif necessary.

There is no air in the system.Purge air if necessary. Youcan purge air manually (see"9.3.1 To perform a manual airpurge" on page 66) or use theautomatic air purge function(see "9.3.2 To perform anautomatic air purge" onpage 67).

The water pressure is >1 bar.

The expansion vessel is NOTbroken.

The resistance in the watercircuit is NOT too high for thepump (see "15.11 ESP curve"on page 105).

If the problem persists after youhave conducted all of the abovechecks, contact your dealer. Insome cases, it is normal that theunit decides to use a low waterflow.

The water volume in theinstallation is too low

Make sure that the water volumein the installation is above theminimum required value (see"6.3.3 To check the watervolume" on page 23).

12.2.2 Symptom: The compressor does NOTstart (space heating or domestic waterheating)

Possible causes Corrective actionThe unit must start up out of itsoperation range (the watertemperature is too low)

If the water temperature is toolow, the unit uses the backupheater to reach the minimumwater temperature first (15°C).

Check and make sure that:

The power supply to thebackup heater is correctlywired.

The backup heater thermalprotector is NOT activated.

The backup heater contactorsare NOT broken.

If the problem persists after youhave conducted all of the abovechecks, contact your dealer.

The preferential kWh rate powersupply settings and electricalconnections do NOT match

This should match with theconnections as explained in"6.4.1 About preparing electricalwiring" on page 24 and "7.6.4 Toconnect the main power supply"on page 36.

The preferential kWh rate signalwas sent by the electricitycompany

Wait for the power to return (2hours max.).

12.2.3 Symptom: The pump is making noise(cavitation)

Possible causes Corrective actionThere is air in the system Purge air manually (see

"9.3.1 To perform a manual airpurge" on page 66) or use theautomatic air purge function (see"9.3.2 To perform an automaticair purge" on page 67).

The water pressure at the pumpinlet is too low

Check and make sure that:

The water pressure is >1 bar.

The manometer is not broken.

The expansion vessel is notbroken.

The pre-pressure setting of theexpansion vessel is correct(see "6.3.4 Changing the pre-pressure of the expansionvessel" on page 24).

12.2.4 Symptom: The pressure relief valve opens

Possible causes Corrective actionThe expansion vessel is broken Replace the expansion vessel.The water volume in theinstallation is too high

Make sure that the water volumein the installation is below themaximum allowed value (see"6.3.3 To check the watervolume" on page 23 and"6.3.4 Changing the pre-pressureof the expansion vessel" onpage 24).

The water circuit head is too high The water circuit head is thedifference in height between theindoor unit and the highest pointof the water circuit. If the indoorunit is located at the highest pointof the installation, the installationheight is considered 0 m. Themaximum water circuit head is10 m.

Check the installationrequirements.

12.2.5 Symptom: The water pressure relief valveleaks

Possible causes Corrective actionDirt is blocking the waterpressure relief valve outlet

Check whether the pressurerelief valve works correctly byturning the red knob on the valvecounterclockwise:

If you do NOT hear a clackingsound, contact your dealer.

If the water keeps running outof the unit, close both thewater inlet and outlet shut-offvalves first and then contactyour dealer.

Page 72: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

12 Troubleshooting

Installer reference guide

72ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

12.2.6 Symptom: The space is NOT sufficientlyheated at low outdoor temperatures

Possible causes Corrective actionThe backup heater operation isnot activated

Check and make sure that:

The backup heater operationmode is enabled. Go to:

[A.5.1.1] > Installer settings> Heat sources > Backupheater > Operation modeOR

[A.8] > Installer settings >Overview settings [5-01]

The thermal protector of thebackup heater has not beenactivated. If it has, check:

The water pressure

Whether there is air in thesystem

The air purge operation

Press the reset button in theswitch box. See"15.3 Components" on page 80for the location of the resetbutton.

The backup heater equilibriumtemperature has not beenconfigured correctly

Increase the “equilibriumtemperature” to activate thebackup heater operation at ahigher outdoor temperature. Goto:

[A.5.1.4] > Installer settings >Heat sources > Backup heater> Equilibrium temp. OR

[A.8] > Installer settings >Overview settings [4-00]

Too much heat pump capacity isused for heating domestic hotwater (applies only toinstallations with a domestic hotwater tank)

Check and make sure that the“space heating priority” settingshave been configuredappropriately:

Make sure that the “spaceheating priority status” hasbeen enabled. Go to [A.8] >Installer settings > Overviewsettings [5-02]

Increase the “space heatingpriority temperature” toactivate backup heateroperation at a higher outdoortemperature. Go to [A.8] >Installer settings > Overviewsettings [5-03]

12.2.7 Symptom: The pressure at the tappingpoint is temporarily unusual high

Possible causes Corrective actionFailing or blocked pressure reliefvalve.

Flush and clean the completetank including the pipingbetween pressure relief valveand the cold water inlet.

Replace the pressure reliefvalve.

12.2.8 Symptom: Decoration panels are pushedaway due to a swollen tank

Possible causes Corrective actionFailing or blocked pressure reliefvalve.

Contact your local dealer.

12.2.9 Symptom: Tank disinfection function isNOT completed correctly (AH-error)

Possible causes Corrective actionThe disinfection function wasinterrupted by domestic hot watertapping

Program the start-up of thedisinfection function when thecoming 4 hours NO domestic hotwater tapping is expected.

Large domestic hot water tappinghappened recently before theprogrammed start-up of thedisinfection function

When the Domestic hot water >Setpoint mode > Reheat orReheat + sched. is selected, it isrecommended to program thestart-up the disinfection functionat least 4 hours later than the lastexpected large hot water tapping.This start-up can be set byinstaller settings (disinfectionfunction).

When the Domestic hot water >Setpoint mode > Scheduled onlyis selected, it is recommended toprogram a Storage eco 3 hoursbefore the scheduled start-up ofthe disinfection function topreheat the tank.

12.3 Solving problems based on error codesWhen a problem happens, an error code appears on the userinterface. It is important to understand the problem and to takecountermeasure before resetting the error code. This should bedone by a licensed installer or by your local dealer.

This chapter gives you an overview of all error codes and thecontent of the error code as it appears on the user interface.

For a more detailed troubleshooting guideline for each error, pleasesee the service manual.

12.3.1 Error codes: Overview

Error codes of the outdoor unit

Error code Detailed errorcode

Description

A5 00 OU: High pressure cooling/Peak

cut/ freeze protection problem.

Please contact your dealer.E1 00 OU: PCB defect.

Power reset required.

Please contact your dealer.E3 00 OU: Actuation of high pressure

switch (HPS).

Please contact your dealer.E5 00 OU: Overheat of inverter

compressor motor.

Please contact your dealer.E6 00 OU: Compressor startup defect.

Please contact your dealer.

Page 73: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

12 Troubleshooting

Installer reference guide

73ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Error code Detailed errorcode

Description

E7 00 OU: Malfunction of outdoor

unit fan motor. Please contactyour dealer.

E8 00 OU: Power input overvoltage.

Please contact your dealer.

EA 00 OU: Cool/heat switchover

problem.

Please contact your dealer.H0 00 OU: Voltage/current sensor

problem.

Please contact your dealer.H3 00 OU: Malfunction of high

pressure switch (HPS)

Please contact your dealer.H6 00 OU: Malfunction of position

detection sensor.

Please contact your dealer.H8 00 OU: Malfunction of compressor

input (CT) system.

Please contact your dealer.H9 00 OU: Malfunction of outdoor

air thermistor.

Please contact your dealer.F3 00 OU: Malfunction of discharge

pipe temperature.

Please contact your dealer.F6 00 OU: Abnormal high pressure

in cooling.

Please contact your dealer.FA 00 OU: Abnormal high pressure,

actuation of HPS.

Please contact your dealer.JA 00 OU: Malfunction of high

pressure sensor.

Please contact your dealer.J3 00 OU: Malfunction of discharge

pipe thermistor.

Please contact your dealer.J6 00 OU: Malfunction of heat

exchanger thermistor.

Please contact your dealer.L3 00 OU: Electrical box temperature

rise problem.

Please contact your dealer.L4 00 OU: Malfunction of inverter

radiating fin temperature rise.

Please contact your dealer.L5 00 OU: Inverter instantaneous

overcurrent (DC).

Please contact your dealer.P4 00 OU: Malfunction of radiating

fin temperature sensor.

Please contact your dealer.

Error code Detailed errorcode

Description

U0 00 OU: Shortage of refrigerant.

Please contact your dealer.

U2 00 OU: Defect of power supply

voltage.

Please contact your dealer.U7 00 OU: Transmission malfunction

between main CPU- INV CPU.

Please contact your dealer.UA 00 OU: Indoor/outdoor combination

problem.

Power reset required.

Error codes of the indoor unit

Error code Detailed errorcode

Description

A1 00 Zero cross detection problem.

Power reset required.

Please contact your dealer.AA 01 Backup heater overheated.

Power reset required.

Please contact your dealer.UA 00 Indoor unit, outdoor unit

matching problem.

Power reset required.7H 01 Water flow problem.

89 01 Heat exchanger frozen.

8H 00 Abnormal increase BUH

outlet water temperature.

8F 00 Abnormal increase BUH

outlet water temperature (DHW).

C0 00 Flow sensor/switch malfunction.

Please contact your dealer.

U3 00 Under floor heating screed

dryout function not completed

correctly.81 00 Leaving water temperature

sensor problem.

Please contact your dealer.C4 00 Heat exchanger temperature

sensor problem.

Please contact your dealer.80 00 Returning water temperature

sensor problem.

Please contact your dealer.

Page 74: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

13 Disposal

Installer reference guide

74ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Error code Detailed errorcode

Description

U5 00 User interface

communication problem.

U4 00 Indoor/outdoor unit

communication problem.

AC 00 Booster heater overheated.

Please contact your dealer.

EC 00 Abnormal increase tank

temperature.

HC 00 Tank temperature sensor

problem.

Please contact your dealer.CJ 02 Room temperature sensor

problem.

Please contact your dealer.H1 00 External temperature

sensor problem.

Please contact your dealer.AA 02 External backup heater

overheated.

Please contact your dealer.HJ 08 Water circuit pressure

is too high.

HJ 09 Water circuit pressure is

too low.

HJ 10 Water pressure sensor problem.

Please contact your dealer.

89 02 Heat exchanger frozen.

A1 00 EEPROM reading error.

AH 00 Tank disinfection function not

completed correctly.

89 03 Heat exchanger frozen.

INFORMATION

In case of error code AH and no interruption of thedisinfection function occurred due to domestic hot watertapping, following actions are recommended:

When the Domestic hot water > Setpoint mode >Reheat or Reheat + sched. is selected, it isrecommended to program the start-up the disinfectionfunction at least 4 hours later than the last expectedlarge hot water tapping. This start-up can be set byinstaller settings (disinfection function).

When the Domestic hot water > Setpoint mode >Scheduled only is selected, it is recommended toprogram a Storage eco 3 hours before the scheduledstart-up of the disinfection function to preheat the tank.

13 Disposal

13.1 To pump downIn order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down infollowing cases:

when relocating or disposing of the unit,

after maintenance or service to the refrigerant side of the system.

NOTICE

During pump down operation, stop the compressor beforeremoving the refrigerant piping. If the compressor is stillrunning and the stop valve is open during pump down, airwill be sucked into the system. Compressor breakage andother injury will be the result due to abnormal pressure inthe refrigerant cycle.

Pump down operation will extract all refrigerant from the system intothe outdoor unit.

1 Remove the valve lid from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.

2 Carry out the forced cooling operation.

3 After 5 to 10 minutes (after only 1 or 2 minutes in case of verylow ambient temperatures (<−10°C)), close the liquid stop valvewith a hexagonal wrench.

4 Check with the manifold if the vacuum is reached.

5 After 2-3 minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop forcedcooling operation.

a

c

b

d

d

e

a Gas stop valveb Closing directionc Hexagonal wrenchd Valve lide Liquid stop valve

13.2 To start and stop forced coolingConfirm that dipswitch SW2 is in COOL mode.

1 Press the forced cooling operation switch SW1 to begin forcedcooling.

2 Press the forced cooling operation switch SW1 to stop forcedcooling.

Page 75: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

14 Glossary

Installer reference guide

75ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

SW1

H

E

A

T

C

O

O

L

SW2

NOTICE

Take care that while running forced cooling operation, thewater temperature remains higher than 5°C (seetemperature read out of the indoor unit). You can achievethis, for example, by activating all fans of the fan coil units.

14 Glossary

DealerSales distributor for the product.

Authorized installerTechnical skilled person who is qualified to install theproduct.

UserPerson who is owner of the product and/or operates theproduct.

Applicable legislationAll international, European, national and local directives,laws, regulations and/or codes that are relevant andapplicable for a certain product or domain.

Service companyQualified company which can perform or coordinate therequired service to the product.

Installation manualInstruction manual specified for a certain product orapplication, explaining how to install, configure and maintainit.

Operation manualInstruction manual specified for a certain product orapplication, explaining how to operate it.

AccessoriesLabels, manuals, information sheets and equipment that aredelivered with the product and that need to be installedaccording to the instructions in the accompanyingdocumentation.

Optional equipmentEquipment made or approved by Daikin that can becombined with the product according to the instructions inthe accompanying documentation.

Field supplyEquipment not made by Daikin that can be combined withthe product according to the instructions in theaccompanying documentation.

Page 76: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

76ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15 Technical data

15.1 Dimensions and service space

15.1.1 Dimensions and service space: Outdoor unit

3TW60814-1B

250250 250

300

333

283

10

250

350

250

350

350

250

735

6491

160

155

23

18

580

832

121

78

(Ø6.4 CuT)

(Ø15.9 CuT)

4-HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS(M8 OR M10)

BRAND NAME LABEL

DRAIN OUTLET

NAME PLATE

WIRING INLETTERMINAL STRIPWITH EARTH TERMINAL

OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR

LIQUID STOP VALVE

SERVICE PORT GAS STOP VALVE

IN CASE OF REMOVINGSTOP VALVE COVER

MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE

WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE= LESS THAN 1200

Page 77: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

77ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.1.2 Dimensions and service space: Indoor unit

20

15

15

15

16 3

12

21

11

17

567

10

48

9

77

10

6

17

5

7

9

84

1813

14

19

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

R210

300

600

194

52

150

301

141

223

45

450

75

761

728

110

115

199

60

1732

1744

1762

3D

07

85

18

No

te:

Typ

ica

l fie

ld in

sta

llatio

n is a

cco

rdin

gto

lo

ca

l a

nd

na

tio

na

l re

gu

latio

ns.

TAN

K IN

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N (1

” F B

SP

)

TAN

K O

UT

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N (1

” F B

SP

)

CO

NTR

OL

WIR

ING

INTA

KE

(Ø24

mm

)

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

WIR

ING

INTA

KE

(Ø24

mm

)

LEV

ELL

ING

FE

ET

US

ER

INTE

RFA

CE

(IN

CLU

DE

D A

CC

ES

SO

RY

)

DR

AIN

VA

LVE

TA

NK

CIR

CU

IT

RE

CIR

CU

LATI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N G

1/2

” FE

MA

LE

KN

OC

K-O

UT

HO

LE F

OR

RE

CIR

CU

LATI

ON

PIP

ING

OR

OP

TIO

N W

IRIN

G (Ø

62m

m)

DR

AIN

OU

TLE

T (U

NIT

+ S

AFE

TY V

ALV

E)

GA

S P

IPE

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N Ø

15.9

FLA

RE

LIQ

UID

PIP

E C

ON

NE

CTI

ON

Ø6.

35 F

LAR

E

PR

ES

SU

RE

GA

UG

E

SA

FETY

VA

LVE

(PR

ES

SU

RE

)

DR

AIN

VA

LVE

WAT

ER

CIR

CU

IT

AIR

PU

RG

E

SH

UT

OF

F V

ALV

E W

ITH

FIL

L V

ALV

E (

INC

LUD

ED

AC

CE

SS

OR

Y)

WAT

ER

FIL

TER

WAT

ER

IN C

ON

NE

CTI

ON

(1-1

/4” F

BS

P)

WAT

ER

OU

T C

ON

NE

CTI

ON

(1-1

/4” F

BS

P)

26

0L

TAN

K1

80

L TA

NK

ON

LY

FO

RE

HV

X*

MO

DE

LS

Page 78: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

78ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

3D078541

MIN. 500

MIN

. 3

00

MIN

. 1

0M

IN. 1

0

Page 79: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

79ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.2 Center of gravity

15.2.1 Center of gravity: Outdoor unit

4TW60819-1

UNIT

Page 80: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

80ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.3 Components

15.3.1 Components: Outdoor unit

bc

d

e

f

j

h

i

g

alk

a Switch box main PCB (inverter and control PCB)b Terminal communication and power supplyc Service PCBd 4-way valvee Electronic expansion valve (main)f Accumulatorg Compressorh Liquid stop valvei Gas stop valvej Service portk Fan motorl Heat exchanger

15.3.2 Components: Switch box (outdoor unit)a c

d

e

b

a Service PCBb Terminal communication cablec Terminal power supply cabled Earth connectione Wire clamp

15.3.3 Components: Indoor unit

hf

e

a

c

d

k

bb g

y

v

s

l

m

j

r

u

w

x

idd

n

p (180 l)

n

q

o

n

t

n

p (260 l)

o

z

z

y

i

x

aa

bb

cc

a Space heating cooling outb Shut-off valves (accessory)

Allows isolation of the indoor unit water circuit side from theresidential water circuit side.

c Domestic hot water outd Refrigerant liquid connection R410Ae Refrigerant gas connection R410Af Domestic hot water ing Fill valve (accessory)h Space heating cooling ini Expansion vessel (10 l)j Pressure relief valve

Prevents excessive water pressure in the water circuit byopening at 3 bar.

k Water filterRemoves dirt from the water to prevent damage to the pump orblockage of the heat exchanger.

l Heat exchangerm Water pump

Circulates the water in the water circuit.n Thermistors

Determines the water and refrigerant temperature at variouspoints in the circuit.

o Drain capsp Tank thermistors (180 l/260 l)q Domestic hot water tank drain valve

Empties the full tank.r Switch box

Contains the main electronic and electrical parts of the indoorunit.

s Backup heater thermal protectorThe protector activates when the temperature of the backupheater becomes too high.

t Drain collector (EHVX models only)u Drain gutter (EHVX models only)

Page 81: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

81ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

v Backup heaterProvides additional heating in case of cold outdoortemperatures. Also serves as backup in case of malfunctioningof the outdoor unit.

w ManometerAllows readout of the water pressure in the water circuit.

x Flow sensorGives feedback to the interface about the actual flow. Based onthis information (and other), the interface adjusts the pumpspeed.

y Air purge valveRemaining air in the water circuit will be automatically removedvia the air purge valve.

z 3-way valveControls whether the water is used for space heating, or thedomestic hot water tank.

aa User interface (accessory)bb Drain flexible (EHVX models only)cc Drain flexible pressure relief valvedd Air valve

INFORMATION

Some components are not directly accessible whenremoving the top plate and/or the front plates. It could benecessary to remove the isolation of the tank by sliding itbackward of the tank. The components in the switch boxare accessible by removing the switch box cover.

15.3.4 Components: Switch box (indoor unit)

A7P

A1P

Q1L

X6M X7MX7M

K1M K2M

K5M

K2M

F1B

X2M

X1M

X3M

X5M

X6YX6YA

X6YB

FU1

TR1

a

n

m

l

k

j

ddb

e

e

f

g

h

i

c

eo

a Pump PCB A7P (Inverter PCB)b Backup heater thermal protector Q1Lc Transformer TR1d Terminals for backup heater X6M/X7M (*9W models only)e Backup heater contactors K1M, K2M and K5Mf Connectors X6YA/X6YB/X6Yg Backup heater circuit breaker F1Bh Terminal block X2M (high voltage)i Terminal block X1M (to outdoor unit)j Cable tie mountings

k Digital I/O PCB A4P (only for installations with solar kit or digitalI/O PCB kit)

l Demand PCB for power limitation

m Terminal block X5M (low voltage)n Main PCB A1Po PCB fuse FU1

Page 82: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

82ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.4 Functional diagrams

15.4.1 Functional diagram: Outdoor unit

M

a c b d e f e g

n l k i hm j

a Heat exchanger thermistorb Fan motorc Heat exchangerd Air thermistore Filterf Electronic expansion valveg Liquid stop valveh Gas stop valve with service porti Accumulatorj Pressure sensork Compressorl Discharge thermistor

m High pressure switchn 4-way valve (ON=heating)

HeatingCooling

15.4.2 Functional diagram: Indoor unit

R4TR3T

R2TR1T

R5T

t s r kn mq jlp o

eca b ihfd g

x

w

v

u

a Outdoor unitb Indoor unitc Expansion vesseld Manometere Air purge valvef Pressure relief valveg Backup heaterh Pumpi Flow sensorj Shut-off valve water outlet (field installation)k Shut-off valve water inlet with fill valve (field

installation)l Filter

m Heat exchanger (indoor unit)n Heat exchanger (domestic hot water tank)o Domestic hot water tankp Domestic hot water in

q Domestic hot water outR1T Outlet water heat exchanger thermistorR2T Outlet water backup heater thermistorR3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistorR4T Inlet water thermistorR5T Tank temperature thermistor

HeatingCooling

Page 83: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

83ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.5 Piping diagram

15.5.1 Piping diagram: Outdoor unit

(6.4 CuT)

(15.9 CuT)

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

12.7CuT

12.7CuT

7.9CuT

6.4CuT

12.7CuT

12.7CuT

12.7CuT

12.7CuT

6.4CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

4.0CuT

4.0CuT

4.0CuT

4.0CuT

7.9C

uT

7.9C

uT7.

9CuT

6.4C

uT6.

4CuT

M

P

P >

6.4C

uT

3TW60815-1

OUTDOOR UNIT

OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR

HEAT EXCHANGER

HEATEXCHANGERTHERMISTOR

CAPILLARY TUBE 1

CAPILLARY TUBE 2

CAPILLARY TUBE 3

CAPILLARY TUBE 4

REFRIGERANT FLOW

COOLING

HEATING

FIELD PIPING

FIELD PIPING

LIQUIDSTOP VALVE

GAS STOP VALVEWITH SERVICE PORT

FILTER

FILTER

MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

PROPELLER FAN

PRESSURESENSOR

MU

FF

LER

WIT

HF

ILT

ER

HIGHPRESSURE SWITCH

MUFFLER

MUFFLER

DISCHARGE PIPETHERMISTOR

COMPRESSOR

ACCUMULATOR

Page 84: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

84ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.5.2 Piping diagram: Indoor unit

R5T

R4T

R3T

R2T

R1T

BUH

R4T

R1TR2T

R3T

R5T

3D077572

Flow sensor

Plate heat

exchanger

Air purge

Safety

valve

Manometer

Filter

Pump

Space heating/

cooling water in

Space heating/cooling

water out

REFR. OUT

REFR. IN

REFR. IN

REFR. OUT

EVAPORATORCONDENSOR

REFRIGERANT SIDE WATER SIDE

Heat exchanger

Expansion

vessel

CHECK VALVE

FLARE CONN.

SCREW CONN.

FLANGE CONN.

PINCHED PIPE

SPINNED PIPE

BRAZED CONN.

QUICK COUPLING

LEGEND:

Domestic hot water:

cold water in

Domestic hot water:

hot water out

Domestic Hot Water Tank

shut off valve

with drain/fill

valve

FIELD INSTALLED

shut-off valve

with drain/fill

valve

FIELD INSTALLED

Drain cap

Drain cap

THERMISTOR DESCRIPTION

Tank thermistor

Inlet water thermistor

Refrigerant liquid side thermistor

Outlet water backup heater thermistor

Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor

Page 85: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

85ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.6 Wiring diagram

15.6.1 Wiring diagram – components: Outdoor unit

See the internal wiring diagram supplied with the unit (on the inside of the indoor unit switch box cover). The abbreviations used are listedbelow.Only for ERLQ004CAV3

3TW60816-1A

WIRING DIAGRAM

POWER SUPPLY

TO INDOOR UNIT

FIELD WIRING

indoor

outdoor

PRESSURESENSOR

OPTION DRAIN PANKIT HEATER

(HEATEXCHANGER)

(AIR) (DISCHARGE)

FERRITE CORETERMINAL STRIPELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COILVARISTORSURGE ARRESTORFUSE

CONNECTORDRAIN PAN HEATERPRESSURE SENSORPRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)

MAGNETIC RELAYTHERMISTOR (DISCHARGE)THERMISTOR (HEAT EXCHANGER)THERMISTOR (AIR)CONNECTORPILOT LAMPINTERIGENT POWER MODULE

LIVENEUTRALPUSH BUTTOONSDIP SWITCHESCAPACITOR

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INVERTER)PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SERVICE)

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN)

COMPRESSOR MOTORFAN MOTORINDICATION LAMPSOVERLOAD PROTECTOREARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER

REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COILTERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE

RECTIFIER BRIDGE

NOTES: REFER TO PURCHASING SPECIFICATION AS303002, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

SIZE: LENGTH 140 x WIDTH 230.THIS DRAWING WAS DRAWN ON CAD SYSTEM

Page 86: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

86ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

Only for ERLQ006CAV3+ERLQ008CAV3

3TW60816-2

WIRING DIAGRAM

outdoor

POWER SUPPLY

TO INDOOR UNIT

FIELD WIRING

indoor

PRESSURESENSOR

OPTION DRAIN PANKIT HEATER

(HEATEXCHANGER)

(AIR) (DISCHARGE)FERRITE CORETERMINAL STRIPELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COILVARISTORSURGE ARRESTORFUSE

CONNECTORDRAIN PAN HEATERPRESSURE SENSORPRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)

MAGNETIC RELAYTHERMISTOR (DISCHARGE)THERMISTOR (HEAT EXCHANGER)THERMISTOR (AIR)CONNECTORPILOT LAMPINTERIGENT POWER MODULE

LIVENEUTRALPUSH BUTTOONSDIP SWITCHESCAPACITOR

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INVERTER)PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SERVICE)

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN)

COMPRESSOR MOTORFAN MOTORINDICATION LAMPSOVERLOAD PROTECTOREARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER

REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COILTERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE

RECTIFIER BRIDGE

NOTES: REFER TO PURCHASING SPECIFICATION AS303002, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

SIZE: LENGTH 140 x WIDTH 230.THIS DRAWING WAS DRAWN ON CAD SYSTEM

C110~C112 CapacitorDB1, DB2, DB401 Rectifier bridgeDC_N1, DC_N2 ConnectorDC_P1, DC_P2 ConnectorDC_P1, DC_P2 ConnectorDP1, DP2 ConnectorE1, E2 ConnectorE1H Drain pan heaterFU1~FU5 FuseHL1, HL2, HL402 ConnectorHN1, HN2, HN402 ConnectorIPM1 Interigent power moduleL LiveLED 1~LED 4 Indication lampsLED A, LED B Pilot lampM1C Compressor motorM1F Compressor fanMR30, MRM306,MRM307, MR4

Magnetic relay

MRM10, MRM20 Magnetic relayMR30_A~MR30_B ConnectorN NeutralPCB1 Printed circuit board (main)PCB2 Printed circuit board (inverter)PCB3 Printed circuit board (service)Q1DI Earth leakage circuit breakerQ1L Overload protectorR1T Thermistor (discharge)R2T Thermistor (heat exchanger)

R3T Thermistor (air)S1NPH Pressure sensorS1PH Pressure switch (high)S2~S503 ConnectorSA1 Surge arresterSHEET METAL Sheet metalSW1, SW3 Push buttonsSW2, SW5 DIP switchU ConnectorV ConnectorV2, V3, V401 VaristorW ConnectorX11A, X12A ConnectorX1M, X2M Terminal stripY1E Electronic expansion valveY1R Reversing solenoid valve coilZ1C~Z4C Ferrite core

Field wiringTerminal stripConnectorTerminalProtective earth

BLK BlackBLU BlueBRN BrownGRN GreenORG OrangePPL PurpleRED Red

Page 87: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

87ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

WHT WhiteYLW Yellow

Page 88: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

88ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.6.2 Wiring diagram – components: Indoor unit

See the internal wiring diagram supplied with the unit (on the inside of the indoor unit switch box cover). The abbreviations used are listedbelow.

X6Y

A4P

A8P

X1M X4M

F2BF1B

X2M

X5M

Q1L

TR1

K3MK5M

K2MK1M

A1P

A7P X7MX6M

X4M

X6M, X7M

1

15

X5M

X2M

X1M

4D077028 page 1

T1R (A7P)

M1P

B1L

*R1H (A3P)

FU1

F1T

E4H

E3H

E2H

*

E1H

R1T (A2P)

R4T

R3T

R2T

R1T

*PHC1

#M2P

*F2B

F1B

K5M

TR1

Q1L

K1M, K2M

*

#

#

#

#

*

(*)

*

*

*

X*Y

X*M

SS1 (A4P)

S6S-S9S

S3S

S2S

S1S

R6T

R5T

R2T

R1T (A3P)

Q2L

A7P

#

#

Q1DI, Q2DI

K*R

M3S (*)

M2S

K3M *

F1U, F2U *

DS1 (A8P) *

*BSK

*A8P

A4P *

*A4P

*

*

*

A3P

A3P

A3P

A2P

A1P

Domestic hot water tank

with solar connection

rectifier bridge (only for *16*)

main supply pump

flow sensor

humidity sensor

fuse T 6.3 A 250 V for PCB

thermal fuse backup heater

booster heater (3 kW)

backup heater element (3 kW)

backup heater element (2 kW)

backup heater element (1 kW)

ambient sensor user interface

inlet water thermistor

refrigerant liquid side thermistor

outlet backup heater thermistor

outlet water heat exchanger thermistor

optocoupler input circuit

domestic hot water pump

overcurrent fuse booster heater

overcurrent fuse backup heater

safety contactor BUH (only *9W)

power supply transformer

thermal protector backup heater

contactor backup heater

# : field supply

connector

terminal strip

selector switch

digital power limitation inputs

electrical meter pulse input 2

electrical meter pulse input 1

preferential kWh rate PS contact

external indoor or outdoor

ambient thermistor

domestic hot water thermistor

external sensor (floor or ambient)

ambient sensor On/OFF thermostat

thermal protector booster heater

6T1 (3~, 230 V, 6 kW)

9WN (3N~, 400 V, 9 kW)

6WN (3N~, 400 V, 6 kW)

6V3 (1N~, 230 V, 6 kW)

3V3 (1N~, 230 V, 3 kW)Backup heater

configuration

(only for *9W)

Ext. thermistor

Heat pump convector

On/OFF thermostat (wireless)

Add LWT:

On/OFF thermostat (wired)

Heat pump convector

Solar pump and control station

Demand PCB

Digital I/O PCB

Ext. outdoor thermistor

Ext. indoor thermistor

Remote user interface

Ext. thermistor

On/OFF thermostat (wireless)

Main LWT:

On/OFF thermostat (wired)

Domestic hot water tank

(*) : standard for *HV*, optional for *HB*

pump driver PCB (only for *16*)

POSITION IN SWITCH BOX

: Booster heater terminal

: Backup heater terminal

earth leakage circuit breaker

relay on PCB

3 way valve for floorheating/

domestic hot water

2 way valve for cooling mode

contactor booster heater

fuse 5 A 250 V for digital I/O PCB

dipswitch

solar pump station relay

demand PCB

receiver PCB (wireless

On/OFF thermostat)

digital I/O PCB

heat pump convector

On/OFF thermostat (PC=power circuit)

solar pumpstation PCB

user interface PCB

Bottom plate heater

* : optional

NOTES to go through before starting the unit

Translation can be found in the installation manual.

LEGEND

User installed options:

: Wiring depending on model

: Several wiring possibilities

: Connection ** continues on page 12 column 2

: PCB

: Not mounted in switch box: Option

: Field supply

: Wire number 15

: Earth wiring

: Field wiring terminal for DC

: Field wiring terminal for AC

: Main terminal

Part n° Description

main PCB**/12.2

Page 89: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

89ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

II

F2B

42

E2HE2HE2HE1HE1HE1HE2HE2HE2HE1HE1HE1H

F1TF1TF1TF1TF1TF1T

K2M2

1

6

5

4

3K1M

2

1

6

5

4

3

F1TF1TF1TF1TF1TF1T

K2M2

1

6

5

4

3K1M

2

1

6

5

4

3

X7M4 8765321X6M X7M4 8765321X6M X7M4 8765321X6M X7M4 8765321X6M

E2HE2HE2HE1HE1HE1HE2HE2HE2HE1HE1H

Q1DI

III IF1B

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

E1H

F1TF1TF1TF1TF1TF1T

14

13K5M

2

1

6

5

4

3

K2M2

1

6

5

4

3K1M

2

1

6

5

4

3

III IF1B

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Q1DI

14

13K5M

2

1

6

5

4

3

IIF1B

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Q1DI

14

13K5M

2

1

6

5

4

3

Q1DI

F1TF1TF1TF1TF1TF1T

III IF1B

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

14

13K5M

2

1

6

5

4

3

K2M2

1

6

5

4

3K1M

2

1

6

5

4

3

NL2 L3L1 L2 L3L1

Q2L1

2

31

K3M2

1

4

3

E4H

X6M 21

X4M 1 2

Q2L1

2

4

3

Q2L1

2

4

3

Q2L1

2

E4H E4H E4H

X9M 21 X6M 21 X9M 21

2222

7

21

22

Q1L11

12

F2B

31

E3H

Q1DI

F1T

K1M2

1

4

3

11

L2L1

11

NL

4D077028 page 2

II

42

Q1DI

NL

7 7 7

NLNL

II

BRNREDGRYBLK BRNREDGRYBLK BRNRED

GRY

BLK BRNREDGRYBLK

1N~, 50 Hz

230 V AC

1N~, 50 Hz

230 V AC

1N~, 50 Hz

230 V AC

3N~, 50 Hz

400 V AC3~, 50 Hz

230 V AC

2~, 50 Hz

400 V AC

1N~, 50 Hz

230 V AC

only for *KHW*Z2

only for *KHW*V3

only for *KHWS*Z2only for *KHWE*Z2

domestic hot water tank domestic hot water tank

only for *KHWE*V3

domestic hot water tank

for 6T1 (3~, 230 V, 6 kW)for 6WN (3N~, 400 V, 6 kW) and 9WN (3N~, 400 V, 9 kW)for 6V3 (1N~, 230 V, 6 kW)for 3V3 (1N~, 230 V, 3 kW)

only for *9W only for *3V

only for *KHWS*V3

domestic hot water tank

4D077028 page 3

A4P

.YC

A4P

.Y2

A4P

.Y2

X2M

.29

S6

SS

7S

S8

SS

9S

S3

S

BS

K

S1

S

S2

S B1

LX2M.14

X2M.9

X2M.14

X2M.9

X2M.13

-t°

R5T

-t°

R6T

2

KHR KHUR

KCR KFR

-t°

R1T-t°

R1T

2X18A:1 2X22A:1X85A:1 2 3 4 5 6

-t°

R1T

F1UF2U

3CN1:1

6

5

4

3

2

CN2:1

X80A:1 2

7

8

4

X4A:1

2

3

X33A:1

3

4

6

5

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 121110

X40A:1

2

3

4

6

5

-t°

R5T

2

X9A:1

-t°

R4T

X7A:1

X8A:1

-t°

R2T

2

X5A:1

2

-t°

R3T

2

2

X6A:1

10

10

A1P

PHC1

Y1 Y2YC Y4Y3X4X3X2X1

X2M

29

28

21

4

X1Y1 2

4

29

28

21

X2M13a

A3P

21NL

A2P

P2P1

X5M21

A2P

21

109874 X5M3

4321

DS1

543 X801M21

A8P

X5M65

SS1

A4P

P2P1

Switch box

Power limitation digital

inputs: 12 V DC / 12 mA

detection

(voltage supplied by PCB)

only for domestic

hot water option

Only for demand PCB option

Demand PCB

OFFON

ext. ambient

sensor option

(indoor or outdoor)

only for floor

standing model

Switch

box

Switch

box

Preferential kWh rate

power supply contact:

16 V DC detection

(voltage supplied by

PCB)

Electric pulse meter

inputs: 5 V DC pulse

detection (voltage

supplied by PCB)

Digital I/O PCB

Alarm output

Max. load

0.3 A - 250 V AC

Min. load

20 mA - 5 V DC

Solar pump connection

For *KSOLHWAV1, refer to

operation manual

Min. load 20 mA - 5 V DC

Max. load 0.3 A - 250 V AC

Ext. heat source

Remote user

interface

User interface

OFFON

Only for digital I/O PCB option

Options: bottom plate heater OR On/OFF output

Options: boiler output, solar pump connection, alarm output

only if no EKBPHT*

Min. load 20 mA - 5 V DC

Max. load 0.3 A - 250 V AC

On/OFF output

Space C/H

to bottom

plate heater

only for EKBPHT*

only for solar pump station

OUTDOOR

UNIT

Page 90: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

90ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

4D077028 page 4

BL

U

BR

N

RE

D

BL

K

WH

T

KC

R

KV

R

X2

M.8

X2

M.7

PE

NL

GN

D

PW

M

A4P

X2

M.2

8

X2

M.1

4

X2

M.1

X2

M.2

X2

M.3

X2

M.2

X2

M.4

X2

M.1

X2

M.4

X2

M.1

a

X2

M.2

a

X2

M.3

X2

M.2

a

X2

M.4

X2

M.1

a

X2

M.4

X2

M.3

2

X2

M.3

3

X2

M.4

X2

M.3

2

X2

M.3

3

X2

M.1

a

X2

M.4

X2

M.5

X2

M.7

X2

M.8

X2

M.9

X2

M.1

0

X2

5A

.1

X2

5A

.2

X1

6A

.5

X1

6A

.3

X2

M.1

T1R

A7P

9

3

3

5

6543

A3P

X11M

N

L

NC

N

6

65

A3P

X11M

9

8

8

3 4

NO

3X3A:1 4 8

M1P

M1PMS3~

2

M2PM

1~

M3S

M3SM2S

M2S

13

X9M 14 13

14

109X2M5 6 7X2M 8 8a 34 X2M353X2A:4

65432X25A:1

1

MS3~

2

X16A:5 13

5X1A:1 3

A1

A2

K1M

A1

A2

K2M

A1

A2

K3M

X17A:1

3

5

7

X24A:1

3

5

7

1X1A:3 X19A:1 3 5

FU1

X26A:1 2 X31A:1 3

3/21/31

4/22/32Q2L

3X3A:1

X20A:13 5X2A:1

X21A:1

3

X15A:1 3

E

X14A:1

3

K4RKPR

FU2

X11A:3 1 X12A:3 1 X13A:3 1

K1R K2R K3RK6R

3 5

X2M.4X2M.3

X2M.28

X2M.13a

X2M.21

A1P

X2M3130

1

21 3

1 2 3 X1M

X1M

X6YA

X6Y

X6YB

NL

X1M21 3

1 2 3 X1M

X2M30 31

COM HC

5

A3P

COM HC

6

A3P

3432

33

2a

1a

21

X2M

Q2DI

X6YA

X6YX6YB

TR1

R1T-t°

R1T-t°

H COMC L

PC

N

5

X1M

A3P

H COMC L

PC

N

6

X1M

A4P

A3P

%H20R1HR1HR1T

-t°R2T

-t°

R1T-t°

R2T-t°%H20

2129 X2M

A1

A2

K5M

31

32Q1L

11

12

1

only for wireless

On/OFF thermostat

NC valve

Switch

boxSwitch box

OUTDOOR

UNIT

OUTDOOR

UNIT

DHW pump output

Max. load:

2 A (inrush) - 230 V AC

1 A (continuous)

Shut-off valve

Only for preferential kWh rate power supply (outdoor)

Use normal kWh rate power supply for indoor unit

Only for normal power supply (standard)

Indoor unit supplied from outdoor

only for floor

standing model

Add LWT zone

Heatpump convector

only for wireless

On/OFF thermostat

only for wired On/OFF thermostat

only for *9W

Main LWT zone

Heatpump convector

only for ext.

sensor

(floor or

ambient)

only for ext.

sensor

(floor or

ambient)

only for wired On/OFF thermostat

only for *04* and *08*

only for *16* DHW pump

3 wire type

(SPST)

NO valve

only for domestic

hot water option

3 wire type

(SPDT)

domestic hot

water tank

only for

enamel

tank

optiononly for

domestic hot

water option

1N~, 50 Hz

230 V AC

Normal kWh rate

power supply

only for domestic hot

water tank option

A1P Main PCBA2P User interface PCBA3P * Solar pump station PCBA3P * On/OFF thermostat (PC=power circuit)A3P * Heat pump convectorA4P * Digital I/O PCBA4P * Receiver PCB (Wireless On/OFF

thermostat)A7P Pump driver PCB (only for EHBH/X04+08

and EHVH/X04+08)A8P * Demand PCBB1L Flow sensorBSK * Solar pump station relayDS1(A8P) * DIP switchE1H Backup heater element (1 kW)E2H Backup heater element (2 kW)E3H Backup heater element (3 kW)E4H * Booster heater (3 kW)F1B Overcurrent fuse backup heaterF2B * Overcurrent fuse booster heaterF1T Thermal fuse backup heaterF1U, F2U * Fuse 5 A 250 V for digital I/O PCBFU1 Fuse T 6.3 A 250 V for PCBPHC1 * Optocoupler input circuitK1M, K2M Contactor backup heaterK3M * Contactor booster heaterK5M Safety contactor backup heater (only for

*9W)K*R Relay on PCBM1P Main supply pumpM2P # Domestic hot water pump

M2S # 2-way valve for cooling modeM3S (*) 3-way valve for floor heating/domestic hot

waterQ1DI, Q2DI # Earth leakage circuit breakerQ1L Thermal protector backup heaterQ2L * Thermal protector booster heaterR1T Outlet water heat exchanger thermistorR1T (A2P) Ambient sensor user interfaceR1T (A3P) * Ambient sensor On/OFF thermostatR2T Outlet backup heater thermistorR2T * External sensor (floor or ambient)R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistorR4T Inlet water thermistorR5T (*) Domestic hot water thermistorR6T * External indoor or outdoor ambient

thermistorR1H (A3P) * Humidity sensorS1S # Preferential kWh rate power supply contactS2S # Electrical meter pulse input 1S3S # Electrical meter pulse input 2S6S~S9S # Digital power limitation inputsSS1 (A4P) * Selector switchT1R (A7P) Rectifier bridge (only for EHBH/X04+08 and

EHVH/X04+08)TR1 Power supply transformerX*M Terminal stripX*Y Connector

* = Optional(*) = Standard for EHVH/X, optional for EHBH/X# = Field supply

BLK Black

Page 91: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

91ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

BRN BrownGRY GreyRED Red

Notes to go through before starting the unit

English TranslationX1M Main terminalX2M Field wiring terminal for ACX5M Field wiring terminal for DCX6M, X7M Backup heater terminalX4M Booster heater terminal

Earth wiring15 Wire number 15

Field supply

**/12.2 Connection ** continues on page12 column 2

1 Several wiring possibilities

Option

Not mounted in switch box

Wiring depending on model

PCB

Backup heater configuration(only for *9W)

Backup heater configuration(only for *9W)

User installed options User installed optionsBottom plate heater Bottom plate heaterDomestic hot water tank Domestic hot water tankDomestic hot water tank withsolar connection

Domestic hot water tank withsolar connection

Remote user interface Remote user interfaceExt. indoor thermistor Extended indoor thermistorExt outdoor thermistor Extended outdoor thermistorDigital I/O PCB Digital I/O PCBDemand PCB Demand PCBSolar pump and control station Solar pump and control stationMain LWT Main leaving water temperatureOn/OFF thermostat (wired) On/OFF thermostat (wired)On/OFF thermostat (wireless) On/OFF thermostat (wireless)Ext. thermistor Extended thermistorHeat pump convector Heat pump convectorAdd LWT Additional leaving water

temperature

Page 92: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

92ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

X1Y: 1-2

X1M: 1-2-3

X1M: 1-2-3A4P:Y2

X2M:29

2x0.75

2x0.75

X2M: 30-31

X5M: 3-4

1

1

F1B: L1-L2-L3

X6M

X8M

5Gx2.5

230 VX2M: 13-14

X9A (PCB A1P)

230 V

A4P: X4

X2M: 28

2

230 VSPST:

X2M: 8-9-10

A4P: Y1

X2M: 28230 V

230 V

A4P: Y3

X2M: 29

A4P: X1-X2

230 V

230 VA3P: X1M: C-com-H

230 V

A4P: X1M: H-C-com

X2M: L-NA3P: X1M: 1-3

R2T

230 VX2M: 32-33

X11M: 3-4-5-6

X5M: 1-22x0.75

2x0.75

X2M: 34-35

230 V

X5M: 5-6

230 V

X5M: 7-8

X5M: 9-10

230 VA8P: X801M: 1-5

230 VA8P: X801M: 2-5

230 VA8P: X801M: 3-5

230 VA8P: X801M: 4-5

230 V

A4P: Y2

X2M: 29

X5M230 V

F2BX7M

2

2

2

4D078494

Power supply

OUTDOOR UNIT

or L-N-earth

Bottom plate heater

Only for *KBPHT*

& depending on model

Only for preferential kWh rate power supply installationunit preferential kWh rate power supply:

400 V or 230 V + earth

Preferential kWh rate power supply contact

INDOOR UNIT

5 or 3 core

3 corenormal kWh rate power supply for indoor unit: 230 V

2 core

unit power supply: 400 V or 230 V + earth 5 or 3 coreOnly for normal power supply installation

or L-N + earth

backup heater power supply (3/6/9 kW): 400 V or 230 V + earth

4 or 3 core

booster heater power supply (3 kW): 230 V + earth

3 core

F2B: L-N + earth

Booster heater

Q2L - clixon

booster heater

R5T - thermistor

water temperature

DOMESTIC HOT

WATER TANK

5 core X4M: 1-2-earth

signal

2 core

solar pump

Only for *KSOLHWAV1

3WAY VALVE

Optional parts (*KHW*)

Standard parts

BSK: 1-2 solar interlock

Alarm output

2 core

2 core

Solar input

2 core

signalChangeover to

ext. heat source output

Ext. heat source (eg boiler)

Only for *KRP1HB* & *KSOLHWAV1

NO valve: X2M: 6-7

NC valve: X2M: 5-7

2 core2WAY VALVE

M2S (*KHBX units)

for cooling mode

main: X2M: 1-2-4

add: X2M: 1a-2a-4

3 core for C/H operation

2 core for H only operation

main: X2M: 1-2-3-4

add: X2M: 1a-2a-3-4

main: X2M: 1-4

add: X2M: 1a-4 4 core

Only for *KRTW

(wired room thermostat)

Only for *KRTR

(wireless room thermostat)

Only for FWXV*

(heat pump convector)

2 core

communication

2 core

communication

Notes:

- In case of signal cable: keep minimum distance to power cables >5 cm

- Available heaters depending on model: see combination table

2 coreCirculation pump

for DHW

2 coreexternal thermistor

(indoor or outdoor)

Only for KRCS01-1 or EKRSCA1

FIELD SUPPLY

Only for *KSR3PA option

signal

Electricity meter

pulse input 1

2 core

Electricity meter

pulse input 2signal

2 core

2 corePower limitation

demand input 1

Power limitation

demand input 2

2 core

2 core

2 core

FIELD SUPPLY

EXTERNAL ROOM THERMOSTAT / HEAT PUMP CONVECTOR

(main and/or additional zone)

Only for *KRP1AHTA

OPTIONAL PART

OPTIONAL PART

Cooling/heating

On/OFF output

2 core

Cooling/heating

On/OFF output

Q*L clixon

Q*L clixon

2 core

2way valve

Only for *KHWSU*V3

Power limitation

demand input 3

Power limitation

demand input 4

X1M: L1-L2-L3-N-earth

3 core

M3S (when *KHW is installed)

selection domestic hot water-floor heating

alarm indication

5 core for C/H operation

4 core for H only operation

signal

2 core

(3m included)

External sensor

(floor or ambient)

Only for *KRTETS

A2P: P1-P2 user interface

A2P: P1-P2 user interface

Only for *KRCAL*

In case user interface is relocated

Electrical connection diagram Daikin Altherma For more details please check unit wiring

2 core

Page 93: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

93ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

*RLQ(04/06/08)* *R*Q(011/014/016)*V3 *R*Q(011/014/016)*W1

*HB(H/X)(04/08)CA# *HB(H/X)16CA# *HB(H/X)16CA#

3V / 9W 9W 9W

3V / 9W 9W 9W 3V / 9W 9W 9W

1~230V

3~ 400V

3~230V

1~230V

3~ 400V

3~ 230V

1~ 230V

3~ 400V

3~230V

3 / 6 kW

6 / 9 kW

6 kW

3 / 6 kW

6 / 9 kW

6 kW

3 / 6 kW

6 / 9 kW

6 kW

1~ 1 1 - - 1 1 - - 1 - 1 - -

1 - - 1 - 1 - -

- 1 1 - 1 - 1 1

1~ 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 - -

- 1 1 1

- 1 - - -

- - 1 1 -

- - - - -

- 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 1

4D078288

* electrical meter specification

- pulse meter type/voltage free contact for 5 VDC detection by PCB

- possible number of pulse:

0.1 pulse/kWh

1pulse/kWh

10pulse/kWh

100 pulse/kWh

1000 pulse/kWh

- pulse duration:

minimum On time 40ms

minimum OFF time 100ms

- measurement type (depending on installation):

single phase AC meter

three phase AC meter (balanced loads)

three phase AC meter (unbalanced loads)

* electrical meter installation guideline

- General: it is the reponsability of the installer to cover the complete power consumption with electrical meters

(combination of estimation and metering is not allowed)

- Required number of electrical meters:

Outdoor unit type

Indoor unit type

Backup heater type (#)

Backup heater power supply

Backup heater

configuration

Electrical meter type

Electrical meter type

3~ balanced

3~ unbalanced

Benefit kWh rate power supply

Regular kWh rate power supply

3~ balanced

3~ unbalanced

Page 94: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

94ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.7 Technical specifications

15.7.1 Technical specifications: Outdoor unit

----------

-

---------kW

kW

------------------kW

---------kW

---------kW

kW

kW

kW

----------

-

kW

kW

------------------kW

---------kW

---------kW

kW

kW

kW

EHVX08*EHVX08*EHVX04*EHVH08*EHVH08*EHVH04*

EHBX08*EHBX08*EHBX04*EHBH08*EHBH08*EHBH04*

ERLQ008*ERLQ006*ERLQ004*ERLQ008*ERLQ006*ERLQ004*

---------

3TW60811-1 B page 1

* Condition 1

- cooling Ta 35°C - LWE 18°C (DT=5°C)

- heating Ta DB/WB 7°C/6°C - LWC 35°C ( DT = 5°C )

* Condition 2

- cooling Ta 35°C - LWE 7°C ( DT = 5°C )

- heating Ta DB/WB 7°C/6°C - LWC 45°C ( DT = 5°C )

REVERSIBLE TYPEHEATING ONLY TYPE

For combination

indoor units +

outdoor units

NOMINAL CAPACITY AND NOMINAL INPUT

Notes2.292.342.32NominalEER3.423.563.583.423.563.58NominalCOP2.342.071.80NominalCooling PI2.011.591.132.011.591.13NominalHeating PI

Maximum5.364.844.17Nominal2.502.502.00MinimumCooling capacity9.537.954.909.537.954.90Maximum6.895.674.036.895.674.03Nominal1.801.801.801.801.801.80MinimumHeating capacityCondition 23.423.453.37NominalEER4.454.745.044.454.745.04NominalCOP2.011.961.48NominalCooling PI1.661.270.871.661.270.87NominalHeating PI

Maximum6.866.765.00Nominal2.502.502.00MinimumCooling capacity

10.028.355.1210.028.355.12Maximum7.406.004.407.406.004.40Nominal1.801.801.801.801.801.80MinimumHeating capacityCondition 1

Floor standing type

Wall mounted typeIndoor units

Outdoor units

Page 95: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

95ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

2

845

3

<Hi-Xa(8)>

32

832

735

390

990

797

1

<WF fin>

-

-

-

-

1

53

1

EPS, CARTON

57 / 59

54 / 56

307

-

-

-

I (*)

-25

-

2YC36BXD#C (ERLQ004*) / 2YC45DXD#C (ERLQ006*+ERLQ008*)

-25

43

10

25

63 / 63 / 63

48 / 48 / 49

61 / 61 / 62

35

<R-410A>

-

48 / 49 / 50

<FVC50K>

1

3

1xØ15 + 1xØ20

2

0,02 IF > 10 m

-

-

30

20

1

-

-

dBA

dBA

dBA

dBA

dBA

°CDB

°CDB

°CWB

°CWB

°CDB

°CDB

/

/

W

W

3TW60811-1 B page 2

1.8

Cooling

Heating

Operation range (1)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

<Polyester painted galvanised steel>

Ivory white

<Propeller>

<Anti-corrosion treatment (PE)>

<Horizontal>

<Hermetically sealed swing compressor>

1.45 / 1.60

0.75

<Expansion valve(electronic type)>

<15,9>

<Flare connection>

<6,35>

<Flare connection>

hole

<Inverter controlled>

<Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature>

<Reverse cycle>

Max

Min

Max

Sound pressure

Min

Max

Min

Motor output

(*) excluded from scope of PED due to article 1, item 3.6 of 97/23/EC

N° of stages

N° of passes

N° of rows

Face area

Fin pitch

Length

Sound power (4/6/8)

Notes

<Installation manual>

Defrost control

Defrost method

Capacity control method

Sound level (night quiet)

(1) See operation range drawing. (*) range increase by support backup heater. (**) range increase by support booster heater or backup heater.

(2) The sound pressure level is measured via a microphone at a certain distance from the unit. It is a relative value depending on the distance and acoustic environment.

Refer to sound spectrum drawing for more information.

Sound pressure (4/6/8) (2)

Sound power

Sound pressure (4/6/8) (2)

Quantity

ItemStandard accessories

mMaximumHeight difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit

kg/mAdditional refrigerant charge

mChargeless

mEquivalent

mMaximum

mMinimumPiping length

mmDiameter (OD)

Type

QuantityDrain

mmDiameter (OD)

TypeGas

mmDiameter (OD)

TypeLiquidPiping connections

lCharged volume

TypeRefrigerant oil

N° of circuits

Control

kgCharge ERLQ004* / ERLQ006* & ERLQ008*

TypeRefrigerant

Cooling

(nominal)

HeatingSound level

(outdoor unit)**

Domestic Hot Water

Cooling

(outdoor unit)*

Heating

barPs*DN

bar*lPs*V

most critical part =

Category of unitPED

Type

ModelMotor

QuantityCompressor

Output

QuantityMotor

Discharge direction

m³/minlow

m³/minhigh

m³/minlow

m³/minhighAir flow rate (nominal at 230V)

Quantity

TypeFan

Treatment

TypeFin

Tube type

mm

mmSpecificationsHeat exchanger

kgWeight

MaterialPacking

kgGross Weight : ERLQ004* / ERLQ006* & ERLQ008*

kgMachine Weight : ERLQ004* / ERLQ006* & ERLQ008*Weight

mmDepth

mmWidth

mmHeightUnit

mmDepth

mmWidth

mmHeightPackingDimensions

Material

ColourCasing

Page 96: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

96ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

A

kVA

Ω

A

A

A

A

A

A

V

V

V

Hz

18

18

18 (see note (2))

18 (see note (2))

-

-

4

-

20

<V3>

<230>

50

1

-

3

3TW60811-1 B page 3

Max.

Max.

figure A - Starting current

Example 1

Example 1

Example 2

Example 2

Daikin Altherma inverter controlled compressor

starting current always ≤ max. running current

Standard on/off compressor starting current >>

max. running current

Time

Time

Running

current (A)

Running

current (A)Heating

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Maximum

Minimum

Included earth wiring

Zmax

Minimum Ssc value

Starting current

Notes

<+10%>

(1) : European/International Technical Standard setting the limits for harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low-voltage systems with input current

>16A and ≤75A per phase.

(2) : See figure A

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

<-10%>

Equipment complying with EN/IEC 61000-3-12 (1)

Remark

QuantityFor connection with indoor

Remark

QuantityFor power supplyWiring connections

Recommended fuses

Maximum running current

Nominal running currentCurrent

Voltage range

Voltage

Frequency

Phase

NamePower supply

Page 97: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

97ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.7.2 Technical specifications: Indoor unit

*RLQ

004*

V3

*RLQ

004*

V3

*RLQ

006*

V3

*RLQ

008*

V3

*RLQ

006*

V3

*RLQ

008*

V3

*RLQ

006*

V3

*RLQ

008*

V3

*RLQ

006*

V3

*RLQ

008*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

011*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

011*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

014*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

014*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

016*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

016*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

011*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

011*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

014*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

014*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

016*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

016*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

011*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

011*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

014*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

014*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

016*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

016*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

011*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

011*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

014*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

014*

W1

*R(H

/L)Q

016*

V3

*R(H

/L)Q

016*

W1

*HVX08S18CA3V *HVH04S18CA3V *HVH08S26CA9W*HVH08S18CA3V*HVX04S18CA3V *HVH16S26CA9W *HVX16S26CA9W *HVX16S18CA3V*HVH16S18CA3V*HVX08S26CA9W

kPa

kPa

kPa

kPa

kPa

kPa

kPa

kPa

46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46

190

690

818

600

728

142 142 134 133 140 139 130 129 128 128

129 129 121 120 126 126 117 116 115 115

36 35 56 62 86 93 36 35 56 62 86 93 36 35 56 62 86 93 36 35 56 62 86 93

23 23 44 51 82 84 23 23 44 51 82 84 23 23 44 51 82 84 23 23 44 51 82 84

12 -4 23 3 37 52 - 12 -4 23 3 37 52 -

62 62 69 69 78 95 - 62 62 69 69 78 95 -

- - -

160160 160160160160 160160160160160160 160160160160160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160

41 51 41 51 41 51 41 51 55

37 49 37 49 37 49 37 49 52

41 42 - 41 42 - 45 -

54 57 - 54 57 - 54 -

W

/

/

/

12

Ps*DN

Ps*V

50 34 34 25

- 50 - 34 - 34 - 25 -

- - - -

- - - -

- -

- -

- - -

11 11 5

25 ~ 60 25 ~60 25 ~60

15 ~ 55 15 ~ 55 15 ~ 55

- 5 ~ 22 - 5 ~ 22 - 5 ~ 22

-25 ~ 35 -25 ~ 35 -25 ~ 35

-25 ~ 25 -25 ~ 25 -25 ~ 25

- 10 ~ 43 - 10 ~ 43 - 10 ~ 43

28

42

28

42

28

42

25 ~60 25 ~60

15 ~ 55 15 ~ 55

- 5 ~ 22 - 5 ~ 22

-20 ~ 35 -20 ~ 35

- 10 ~ 46 - 10 ~ 46

-25 ~ 35 (12) -25 ~ 35 (12)

33 33

47 47

260 180 260 180

50

50

10

65

1

1

3

10

818

690

75

728

600

W

/

/

/

1

-

-

-

-

3

1

dBA

dBA

°C

°C

°C

°C

°C

°C

°C

kWh/2

/ /

12

1922

1732

1922

1732

EPS EPS

EPS EPS

3

1

-

-

1

1

1

3

10

1

11

3D077571_B page 1

Copper - brass - stainless steel

Stainless steel (EN 1.4521)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

l 4,4 4,8 5,8 4,5 5,5

1,4 1,4 1,9 1,41,4 1,91,41,4 1,9 1,9

65

l 0,9 1,3 1,3

cat. l cat. l Art3§3*

HEATING

ONLY TYPE

REVERSIBLE

TYPE

HEATING

ONLY TYPE

REVERSIBLE

TYPE

HEATING

ONLY TYPE

REVERSIBLE

TYPE HEATING ONLY TYPE REVERSIBLE TYPE HEATING ONLY TYPE REVERSIBLE TYPE

l/min

l/min

l/min

l/min

l/min

l/min

l/min

l/min

l/min

l/min

l/min

Pre-coated sheetmetal

White

Wood - carton - PE wrapping foil

34,6 55,9 85,8 34,6 55,9 85,8 34,6 55,9 85,8 34,6 55,9 85,8

23,1 44,1 83,6 23,1 44,1 83,6 23,1 44,1 83,6 23,1 44,1 83,6

12,1 22,5 37,0 12,1 22,5 37,0

61,9 68,6 78,0 61,9 68,6 78,0

Wood - carton - PE wrapping foil

Machine net weight

Unit

Depth

Height

Width

Depth

Width

HeightDimensions

Material

Colour Casing Nominal input (Indoor only)

Outdoor units

category of unit

Material Packing

materials Weight

most critical part =PED

Weight of unit

Weight of unit

Packing

Packed machine weight

Main

components

hydrobox

Main

components

tank

Tank

Heat exchanger

3 way valve

Water circuit -

space heating /

cooling side

Safety devices

* excluded from scope of PED due to article 1, item 3.6 of 97/23/EC

Pump

Water side Heat

exchanger

Water Filter

Expansion vessel

Total Water Volume (6)

Air purge valve Shut off valves

Drain valve / Fill valve Manometer

Safety valve

Piping connections ø (7)

Cooling (2)

Cooling (8)

Heating (3)

Heating (13)

Cooling (2)

Cooling (8)

Heating (3)

Heating (13)

Cooling (2)

Cooling (8)

Heating (3)

Heating (13)

Cooling (2)

Cooling (8)

Heating (3)

Cooling

Heating

Heating (13)

bar*lbar

kg

kg

kg

Type

nr. of speed

nominal ESP unit

(*RLQ*C*)

nominal ESP unit

(*RH/LQ*B*)

Water flow rate Min. (11)

Water volume

Water flow rate Nom.

(*RH/LQ*B*)

Water flow rate Nom.

(*RH/LQ*B*)

Water flow rate Max.

qty

Type

Power input

Material

Diameter perforations

Pre pressure

Max. water pressureVolume

Insulation material

Pre-coated sheetmetal

White

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

Art3§3*

Inverter controlled

DC motor

Plate heat exchanger Plate heat exchanger51,0 51,0

43,6 39,0 31,5 43,6 39,0 31,5 43,6 39,0 31,5 43,6 39,0 31,5 19,8 16,3 19,8 16,3 19,8 16,3 19,8 16,3 11,6

45,9 41,6 32,1 45,9 41,6 32,1 45,9 41,6 32,1 45,9 41,6 32,1 21,2 17,2 21,2 17,2 21,2 17,2 21,2 17,2 12,6

48,0 46,0 43,1 48,0 46,0 43,1 - 19,7 19,4 19,7 19,4 14,3

37,6 36,0 33,6 37,6 36,0 33,6 - 15,4 13,9 15,4 13,9 12,0

43,343,638,937,631,529,543,343,637,631,529,543,638,937,631,529,543,3 43,6 38,9 37,6 31,5 29,5

46,045,941,640,132,532,146,045,940,1

38,9

41,632,532,145,941,640,132,532,146,0 45,9 41,6 40,1 32,5 32,1

48,051,046,049,643,139,851,046,049,643,139,8

37,637,636,035,833,628,737,6

43,3

46,0

48,0

37,636,035,833,628,7

1,0

(1) Heatloss according to EN12897

(2) Tamb 35°C - LWE 7°C ( DT=5°C )

(3) DB/WB 7°C/6°C - LWC 35°C ( DT=5°C)

(4) The sound pressure level is measured via a microphone at 1m from the unit. It is a relative value, depending on the distance and acoustic environment.

The sound pressure level mentioned is valid for pump medium speed - 0 ESP / medium speed - nominal flow / high speed - nominal flow

(5) 15°C ~ 25°C: BUH only, no Heatpump operation = during commissioning

(6) Including piping + PHE + backup heater / excluding expansion vessel

(7) Value mentioned is connection after ball valves. Is same as connection at unit (G1-1/4 FEMALE).

(8) Tamb 35°C, LWE 18°C (DT = 5°C)

(9) details, see operation range drawing

(10) For *RLQ* outdoor units: >55°C BUH only, no heatpump operation

For *RHQ* outdoor units: > 50°C BUH only, no heatpump operation

(11) Minimum flow is mentioned for heat pump operation. To allow backup heater to operate safely, a higher minimum flow is required:

For *3V models: 12 l/min

For *9W models: 15 l/min

(12) Refer to operation range detail for diferences between *RHQ* and *RLQ* models

(13) DB/WB 7°C/6°C - LWC 45°C (DT = 5°C)

Refrigerant

circuit

Notes:

Operation

range (9)

Sound level

Water circuit -

domestic hot

water side

10

Stainless steel ( EN 1.4521 )

Copper - brass - stainless steel

l

bar

mm

bar

l

Thermal cut out

Kvs space heating / tank heating

Internal coil volume

Surface

Material

Quantity

Heatlosses (1)

Corrosion protection

Insulation material

Maximum pressure

Maximum temperature

Material

Water volume

Piping connections -

recirculation connection

Piping connections - cold water in / hot water out ø

Waterside

Ambient

Sound pressure (4)

Sound power (3)

Liquid side ø

Gas side ø

DHW(10)

Space heating (5)

Space cooling

DHW

Space heating

Space cooling

nominal flow

nominal flow

heating

heating

mm

mm

inch

inch

6,35 6,35 6,35

15,9 15,9 15,9

G 1/2" FEMALE

G 1" FEMALE

9,52 9,52

15,9 15,9

G 1/2" FEMALE

G 1" FEMALE

Yes Yes

Yes Yes

Yes Yes

Yes Yes

bar

G 1-1/4 (FEMALE) G 1-1/4 (FEMALE) inch

13/8 13/8 m³/h

8,9 8,9 l

1,9 1,9 m²

Stainless steel ( EN 1.4521 ) Stainless steel (EN 1.4521)

Anode Anode

bar

Brazed plate Brazed plate

Inverter controlled

DC motor

Page 98: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

98ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

3G 4G 3G 3G 4G/5G 4G/5G

V 253 253 253 253 440 440

V 207 207 207 207 360 360

A 13

230 230 400 400230

50 50

3~3~3~1~ 1~ 1~

3V 9W

kVA - - - (9) - -

- - - - -

- - - - -

A 13

3 6 3 6 6 9

1 2 1 2 2 2

V

Hz

kW

kW

kW

Ω

13

3D077571_B page 2

26 1313

13 26

3 3 3 3 3 3

6 - 6 6 6 6

(kW)10 s 1 min. 6 min. (*) 1 min. 0 s 10 min.

(kW)1 min. 10 min.

3G

4

2

2

2

2

3

2

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Note (3) and (5)

Note (3) and (5)

Note (6)

Note (3)

Note (3) Note (3) Note (3) Note (3) Note (3) Note (3)

Note (11) Note (11) Note (11) Note (11) Note (11)Note (10)

Voltage

Frequency

Phase

Capacity setting

Capacity stages

Capacity stage 1

Capacity stage 2

Minimum time delay between stages

(1) Above mentioned power supply of the hydro box is for the backup heater only. The Switch box & pump of the hydrobox are supplied via the outdoor unit.

(3) Select diameter and type according to national and local regulations (4) For more details of the voltage range and current refer to installation manual (5) Voltage: 230V / Maximum current: 100mA / Minimum 0,75mm² (6) Depends on thermostat type, refer to installation manual (8) In accordance with EN/IEC 61000-3-11(*), it may be necessary to consult the distribution network operator to ensure that the equipment is connected only to a supply with Zsys(***) ≤ Zmax (9) Equipment complying with EN/IEC 61000-3-12 (**)

(*) : European/International Technical Standard setting the limits for voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low-voltage supply systems for equipment with rated current ≤ 75A. (**) : European/International Technical Standard setting the limits for harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low-voltage systems with input current >16A and ≤ 75A per phase. (***) : System impedance

Notes

bfor connection with bottom plate

heater

100 mA, minimum 0,75 mm² type of wires

for connection with optional FWXV*

(demand input and output signal)

for connection with M2S

for connection with A3P

Minimum 0,75 mm² for connection with R6T

Minimum 0,75 mm² (2A inrush, 1A continuous) domestic hot

water pump

Minimum 0,75 mm² (5VDC pulse detection) Electricity meter

power : 6,3 A note (3)

power : 2 Preferential kWh rate power supply

0,75 mm² till 1,25 mm² (max length 500 m) User interface

2,5 mm²

Communication cable

power supply for back up heater

connections Wiring

Maximum

Voltage range

(4)

Running Current

backup heater

Minimum Ssc value (8)

Zmax (back-up heater)

Complex

Current

Power supply (1)

Type Electric heater

( optional )

type of wires

type of wires

quantity of wires

quantity of wires

type of wires

quantity of wires

type of wires

quantity of wires

type of wires

quantity of wires

type of wires

quantity of wires

type of wiresquantity of wires

quantity of wires

type of wiresquantity of wires

type of wires

quantity of wires

type of wiresquantity of wires

Running Current (back-up heater)

0,29

15,1 8,7

15,1 8,7

Minimum

0,25 - j0,15

Time

Capacity

Stage 2

Stage 1

Time

Capacity

Stage 1

Note (10) - Backup heater (3V) - min. time delay between stages

Note (11) - Backup heater (9W) - min. time delay between stages

Page 99: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

99ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.8 Operation range

15.8.1 Operation range: Heating and cooling

3TW60813-1A

46

10

35

–20–25

0

35

–20

0

46

10

18

25

–15–20–25

10

0

5 22

15 18 25 55

15 18 25 5540

15 18 25 30 5550

5 13 22 50

45

:

:

:

:

(*)

(*)

(*)

INDOOR:

CA-SERIES

AB-SERIES

AA-SERIES

BA-SERIES

BB-SERIES

HE

AT

ING

MO

DE

HE

AT

ING

MO

DE

CO

OL

ING

MO

DE

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

leaving evaporatorwater temperature (°C)

leaving condensorwater temperature (°C)

leaving condensorwater temperature (°C)

1 P

HA

SE

+ 3

PH

AS

E11

~16k

W -

CLA

SS

1 P

HA

SE

+ 3

PH

AS

E C

-SE

RIE

S3

PH

AS

E B

-SE

RIE

S11

~16k

W -

CLA

SS

1 P

HA

SE

B-S

ER

IES

11~1

6kW

- C

LAS

S

HE

AT

ING

MO

DE

CO

OL

ING

MO

DE

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

leaving evaporatorwater temperature (°C)

leaving evaporatorwater temperature (°C)

1 P

HA

SE

C-S

ER

IES

4~8k

W -

CLA

SS

1 P

HA

SE

C-S

ER

IES

4~8k

W -

CLA

SS

LEGEND:

ONLY BACKUP HEATER OPERATION(NO OUTDOOR UNIT OPERATION)

OUTDOOR UNIT OPERATION IF SETPOINT ≥25°C

OPERATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT POSSIBLE, BUT NOGUARANTEE OF CAPACITY.(IF OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE < –20°C or < –25°C OUTDOOR UNIT WILL STOP)(INDOOR UNIT AND BACKUP HEATER OPERATION WILL CONTINUE)

PULL DOWN AREA

REMARK: FOR RESTRICTED POWER SUPPLY CONDITION MODE OUTDOOR UNIT, BOOSTER HEATER AND BACKUP HEATER CAN ONLY OPERATE SEPERATELY.

*RLQ units include special equipment (insulation, heater sheet, ...)to ensure good operation in areas where low ambient temperaturecan occur together with high humidity conditions. In suchconditions the *RHQ models may experience problems with severeice build up on the aircooled coil.In case such conditions ara expected, the *RLQ must beinstalled instead. These models contain countermeasures(insulation, heater sheet, ...) to prevent freeze up.

INDOOR:

CA-SERIES

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

Page 100: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

100ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.8.2 Operation range: Domestic hot water

25 40 45 55 6050 80

25 35 48 6050 80

25 48 6050 8025 5553 6050

25 48 8050

25 5540 45 60 805048

35

25

–20–15

–25

35

25

0

–20

35

25

–20

35

25

–20

–10

35

25

–20

35

25

5

–20–25

–15

3TW60813-2B

:

:

:

:

DO

ME

ST

IC W

AT

ER

HE

AT

ING

MO

DE

DO

ME

ST

IC W

AT

ER

HE

AT

ING

MO

DE

DO

ME

ST

IC W

AT

ER

HE

AT

ING

MO

DE

1 P

HA

SE

C-S

ER

IES

4kW

- C

LAS

S3

PH

AS

E B

-SE

RIE

S11

~16k

W -

CLA

SS

1 P

HA

SE

B-S

ER

IES

11~1

6kW

- C

LAS

S

DO

ME

ST

IC W

AT

ER

HE

AT

ING

MO

DE

DO

ME

ST

IC W

AT

ER

HE

AT

ING

MO

DE

DO

ME

ST

IC W

AT

ER

HE

AT

ING

MO

DE

domestic hot watertank temperature (°C)

domestic hot watertank temperature (°C)

domestic hot watertank temperature (°C)

1 P

HA

SE

C-S

ER

IES

6~8k

W -

CLA

SS

1 P

HA

SE

+ 3

PH

AS

E C

-SE

RIE

S11

~16k

W -

CLA

SS

1 P

HA

SE

+ 3

PH

AS

E C

-SE

RIE

S11

~16k

W -

CLA

SS

INDOOR UNITS:

CA-SERIES

INDOOR UNITS:

CA-SERIES

LEGEND:

ONLY BOOSTER HEATER OPERATION (EKHW* ONLY)

ONLY BOOSTER HEATER OPERATION (EKHW* ONLY)

ONLY BACKUP HEATER OPERATION (EKHV*BB + EKHTS*, EHV*CA* ONLY)

ONLY BACKUP HEATER OPERATION (EKHV*BB + EKHTS*, EHV*CA* ONLY)

OPERATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT POSSIBLE, BUT NOGUARANTEE OF CAPACITY.(IF OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE < –25°C OUTDOOR UNIT WILL STOP)(INDOOR UNIT AND BOOSTER/BACKUP HEATER OPERATION WILL CONTINUE)

domestic hot watertank temperature (°C)

domestic hot watertank temperature (°C)

domestic hot watertank temperature (°C)

REMARK: FOR RESTRICTED POWER SUPPLY CONDITION MODE (EKHW* ONLY) OUTDOOR UNIT, BOOSTER HEATER AND BACKUP HEATER CAN ONLY OPERATE SEPARATELY.

BB-SERIES

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

outdoor temp. (°CDB)

Page 101: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

101ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.8.3 Drain pan necessity

4D078990

1. Refer to psychometric chart for more information.

2. If condensation is expected, installation of EKHBDPCA2 - drainpan kit must be considered.

Entering water temperature limit to prevent condensation

Ent

erin

g w

ater

tem

pera

ture

[°C

]

Ent

erin

g w

ater

tem

pera

ture

[°C

]

Dry bulb temperature [°C]

Relative humidity 40%

Relative humidity 60%

Relative humidity 80%

Example:With ambient temperature of 25°Cand relative humidity of 40%.If entering water temperature isbelow 12°C, condensation on waterpiping will happen.

Page 102: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

102ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.9 Capacity table

Tamb [°C] 20 25 30 35 40 43

LWE [°C] CC [kW] PI [kW] CC [kW] PI [kW] CC [kW] PI [kW] CC [kW] PI [kW] CC [kW] PI [kW] CC [kW] PI [kW]

*RLQ

004*

7

10

13

15

18

22

*RLQ

006*

7

10

13

15

18

22

*RLQ

008*

7

10

13

15

18

22

LWC [°C] 30 35 40 45 50 55 LWC [°C] 30 35 40 45 50 55

Tamb [°C] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW] Tamb [°C] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW] HC [kW] PI [kW]

*RLQ

004*

-20 2,42 1,58 2,40 1,79 2,35 1,97 2,30 2,19 2,21 2,41

*RLQ

004*

-20 2,26 1,53 2,24 1,74 2,20 1,91 2,16 2,13 2,08 2,34

-15 3,53 1,57 3,32 1,79 3,38 1,96 3,13 2,21 3,04 2,41 2,80 2,52 -15 3,30 1,53 3,11 1,73 3,17 1,90 2,93 2,15 2,86 2,34 2,64 2,44

-7 5,02 1,57 4,91 1,75 4,81 1,93 4,64 2,13 4,34 2,36 4,04 2,49 -7 4,70 1,53 4,60 1,70 4,51 1,88 4,34 2,07 4,08 2,29 3,81 2,41

-2 5,16 1,39 5,07 1,56 4,92 1,75 4,82 1,93 4,55 2,17 4,34 2,29 -2 4,84 1,36 4,76 1,52 4,63 1,71 4,53 1,88 4,28 2,11 4,10 2,22

2 5,20 1,22 5,10 1,37 4,98 1,58 4,88 1,74 4,69 1,98 4,54 2,08 2 4,90 1,19 4,81 1,34 4,69 1,54 4,60 1,70 4,42 1,93 4,27 2,02

7 5,25 0,99 5,12 1,12 5,00 1,31 4,90 1,44 4,70 1,66 4,54 1,76 7 5,25 0,99 5,12 1,12 5,00 1,31 4,90 1,44 4,70 1,66 4,54 1,76

12 5,29 0,77 5,20 0,86 5,05 1,01 4,91 1,21 4,73 1,47 4,57 1,52 12 5,29 0,77 5,20 0,86 5,05 1,01 4,91 1,21 4,73 1,47 4,57 1,52

15 5,47 0,76 5,29 0,81 5,16 0,98 5,06 1,20 4,76 1,37 4,63 1,48 15 5,47 0,76 5,29 0,81 5,16 0,98 5,06 1,20 4,76 1,37 4,63 1,48

20 6,02 0,74 5,85 0,81 5,73 0,96 5,51 1,13 5,18 1,32 4,89 1,45 20 6,02 0,74 5,85 0,81 5,73 0,96 5,51 1,13 5,18 1,32 4,89 1,45

*RLQ

006*

-20 3,26 2,10 3,19 2,27 3,16 2,44 3,02 2,55 2,84 2,63

*RLQ

006*

-20 3,16 1,89 3,11 2,12 2,93 2,37 2,75 2,50 2,71 2,59

-15 4,21 2,05 4,13 2,22 4,06 2,38 3,93 2,50 3,71 2,57 3,42 2,61 -15 4,13 1,86 4,01 2,07 3,77 2,30 3,60 2,45 3,54 2,52 3,26 2,55

-7 6,22 1,99 6,01 2,16 5,80 2,33 5,69 2,44 5,40 2,51 4,97 2,58 -7 5,48 1,81 5,34 2,02 5,29 2,22 5,21 2,38 4,99 2,45 4,58 2,52

-2 6,99 1,94 6,81 2,10 6,52 2,26 6,33 2,39 5,99 2,46 5,48 2,54 -2 6,15 1,79 6,08 1,96 6,04 2,14 5,69 2,28 5,58 2,37 5,14 2,46

2 7,48 1,90 7,26 2,04 6,96 2,20 6,76 2,33 6,57 2,41 5,96 2,50 2 6,58 1,76 6,40 1,90 6,19 2,06 6,07 2,19 5,97 2,29 5,49 2,40

7 8,48 1,84 8,35 1,99 8,17 2,15 7,95 2,32 7,53 2,40 7,08 2,48 7 8,48 1,84 8,35 1,99 8,17 2,15 7,95 2,32 7,53 2,40 7,08 2,48

12 9,20 1,82 8,97 1,95 8,73 2,11 8,37 2,29 8,01 2,39 7,52 2,47 12 9,20 1,82 8,97 1,95 8,73 2,11 8,37 2,29 8,01 2,39 7,52 2,47

15 10,03 1,79 9,77 1,91 9,46 2,08 9,10 2,26 8,65 2,37 8,14 2,47 15 10,03 1,79 9,77 1,91 9,46 2,08 9,10 2,26 8,65 2,37 8,14 2,47

20 11,51 1,76 11,21 1,87 10,85 2,05 10,44 2,24 9,89 2,36 9,31 2,47 20 11,51 1,76 11,21 1,87 10,85 2,05 10,44 2,24 9,89 2,36 9,31 2,47

*RLQ

008*

-20 3,91 2,68 3,83 2,90 3,79 3,11 3,62 3,25 3,40 3,35

*RLQ

008*

-20 3,79 2,41 3,73 2,71 3,51 3,03 3,29 3,19 3,25 3,30

-15 5,06 2,61 4,95 2,83 4,87 3,04 4,72 3,18 4,45 3,28 4,10 3,33 -15 4,96 2,38 4,81 2,64 4,52 2,93 4,33 3,12 4,24 3,21 3,92 3,26

-7 7,47 2,54 7,21 2,76 6,96 2,97 6,82 3,11 6,48 3,21 5,97 3,29 -7 6,57 2,31 6,41 2,58 6,35 2,83 6,25 3,03 5,99 3,13 5,50 3,21

-2 8,38 2,48 8,17 2,68 7,82 2,89 7,60 3,04 7,19 3,14 6,57 3,24 -2 7,38 2,28 7,29 2,50 7,25 2,73 6,82 2,91 6,70 3,02 6,16 3,14

2 8,97 2,42 8,71 2,61 8,35 2,81 8,12 2,97 7,89 3,08 7,16 3,20 2 7,90 2,25 7,68 2,42 7,43 2,63 7,28 2,79 7,16 2,92 6,59 3,06

7 10,17 2,35 10,02 2,54 9,81 2,74 9,53 2,96 9,04 3,07 8,50 3,16 7 10,17 2,35 10,02 2,54 9,81 2,74 9,53 2,96 9,04 3,07 8,50 3,16

12 11,04 2,32 10,76 2,49 10,48 2,70 10,05 2,92 9,61 3,05 9,03 3,15 12 11,04 2,32 10,76 2,49 10,48 2,70 10,05 2,92 9,61 3,05 9,03 3,15

15 12,04 2,28 11,72 2,44 11,35 2,66 10,92 2,89 10,38 3,03 9,76 3,15 15 12,04 2,28 11,72 2,44 11,35 2,66 10,92 2,89 10,38 3,03 9,76 3,15

20 13,81 2,25 13,46 2,38 13,01 2,62 12,52 2,85 11,87 3,01 11,17 3,15 20 13,81 2,25 13,46 2,38 13,01 2,62 12,52 2,85 11,87 3,01 11,17 3,15

CC

HC

PI

LWE

LWC

Tamb

3TW60812-1A

6,07 1,54 5,56 1,70 5,04 1,87 4,53 2,04 3,50 1,84 2,89 1,71

6,45 1,50 5,94 1,66 5,42 1,83 4,91 2,00 3,83 1,80 3,19 1,68

6,79 1,46 6,29 1,62 5,78 1,78 5,27 1,95 4,15 1,75 3,48 1,63

7,01 1,44 6,52 1,59 6,01 1,75 5,50 1,91 4,36 1,72 3,67 1,60

7,36 1,40 6,87 1,55 6,37 1,70 5,87 1,86 4,69 1,67 3,98 1,56

7,98 1,34 7,52 1,49 6,99 1,64 6,49 1,78 5,23 1,60 4,47 1,49

7,56 2,34 6,90 2,38 6,19 2,44 5,46 2,51 3,77 2,23 2,75 2,05

8,18 2,29 7,48 2,32 6,71 2,38 5,93 2,45 4,25 2,19 3,24 2,04

8,82 2,23 8,07 2,26 7,24 2,32 6,41 2,38 4,77 2,16 3,79 2,02

9,27 2,20 8,49 2,22 7,61 2,27 6,74 2,34 5,14 2,13 4,18 2,00

9,98 2,14 9,11 2,16 8,20 2,21 7,26 2,27 5,74 2,09 4,83 1,98

11,02 2,07 10,13 2,08 9,06 2,12 8,02 2,17 6,65 2,03 5,83 1,95

8,79 2,98 8,01 3,03 7,19 3,11 6,35 3,20 4,10 2,48 2,75 2,05

9,50 2,91 8,68 2,96 7,79 3,03 6,89 3,12 4,61 2,44 3,24 2,04

10,24 2,85 9,38 2,88 8,41 2,95 7,44 3,04 5,16 2,40 3,79 2,02

10,76 2,80 9,86 2,83 8,84 2,90 7,83 2,98 5,55 2,37 4,18 2,00

11,59 2,73 10,59 2,76 9,52 2,81 8,43 2,89 6,18 2,32 4,83 1,98

12,80 2,64 11,77 2,65 10,52 2,70 9,32 2,77 7,14 2,26 5,83 1,95

Cooling capacity at maximum operating frequency, measured acc. standard EN 14511

Heating capacity at maximum operating frequency, measured acc. standard EN 14511

Power input, measured acc. EN 14511

Leaving Water Evaporator temperature

Leaving Water Condensor temperature

Ambient temperature; RH (heating) = 85%

Conditions :

1. Cooling capacity Capacity is according to standard EN 14511 and valid for chilled water range ΔT = 3~8°C

Capacity values may not be extrapolated below 7°C leaving water temperature

2. Heating capacity Capacity is according to standard EN 14511 and valid for heated water range ΔT = 3~8°C

3. Power input Power input is total input of indoor and outdoor unit, inclusive the circulation pump; according to standard EN 14511

Notes: - The capacity and power input is valid for V3-models at 230V.

- The capacity and power input is at maximum operation

MAXIMUM COOLING CAPACITY

MAXIMUM HEATING CAPACITY - PEAK VALUES MAXIMUM HEATING CAPACITY - INTEGRATED VALUE

Symbols :

Page 103: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

103ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.10 Sound spectrum

15.10.1 Sound spectrum: Outdoor unit

NR0 NR5 NR10 NR15NR20

NR25

NR30

NR35

NR40

NR45

NR50

NR55

NR60

NR65

NR70

NR75

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dBA

ERLQ004CA*

NR0 NR5 NR10 NR15NR20

NR25

NR30

NR35NR40

NR45

NR50

NR55

NR60

NR65

NR70

NR75

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dBA

ERLQ006CA*

NR0 NR5 NR10 NR15NR20

NR25

NR30

NR35NR40

NR45

NR50

NR55

NR60

NR65

NR70

NR75

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dBA

ERLQ008CA*

3TW60817-1

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY [dB]

NOTES:

- DATA IS VALID AT FREE FIELD CONDITION

- DATA IS VALID AT NOMINAL OPERATION CONDITION

- dBA = A-WEIGHTED SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL. (A-SCALE ACCORDING TO IEC)

- REFERENCE ACOUSTIC PRESSURES 0dB = 20µPa

So

un

d p

ressu

re le

ve

l [d

B]

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

So

un

d p

ressu

re le

ve

l [d

B]

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

So

un

d p

ressu

re le

ve

l [d

B]

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

COOLING

MEASURING LOCATION

(DISCHARGE SIDE)

Page 104: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

104ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

NR0 NR5 NR10 NR15NR20

NR25

NR30

NR35

NR40

NR45

NR50

NR55

NR60

NR65

NR70

NR75

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dBA

ERLQ004CA*

NR0 NR5 NR10 NR15NR20

NR25

NR30

NR35

NR40

NR45

NR50

NR55

NR60

NR65

NR70

NR75

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dBA

ERLQ006CA*

NR0 NR5 NR10 NR15NR20

NR25

NR30

NR35

NR40

NR45

NR50

NR55

NR60

NR65

NR70

NR75

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dBA

ERLQ008CA*

3TW60817-2

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY [dB]

NOTES:

- DATA IS VALID AT FREE FIELD CONDITION

- DATA IS VALID AT NOMINAL OPERATION CONDITION

- dBA = A-WEIGHTED SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL. (A-SCALE ACCORDING TO IEC)

- REFERENCE ACOUSTIC PRESSURES 0dB = 20µPa

So

un

d p

ressu

re le

ve

l [d

B]

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

So

un

d p

ressu

re le

ve

l [d

B]

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

So

un

d p

ressu

re le

ve

l [d

B]

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

MEASURING LOCATION

(DISCHARGE SIDE)

HEATING

Page 105: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

105ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.11 ESP curve

15.11.1 ESP curve: Indoor unit

12

12

15

EHV(H/X)04*CA3V

EHV(H/X)08*CA3V

EHV(H/X)08*CA9W0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

ES

P (

kP

a)

EHV(H/X)04*CA*

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34

ES

P (

kP

a)

EHV(H/X)08*CA*

ESP : External Static Pressure available at space heating-cooling circuit

Water flow rate: Waterflow through space heating-cooling circuit

Minimum flow required during backup heater operation

See dashed lines

FlowUnit

Water flow rate (l/min)

Notes:1) Selecting a flow outside the area of operation can cause damageor malfunctioning of the unit.

See also minimum and maximum allowed waterflow range in the technical specifications.

2) Water quality must be according to EN directive EC 98/83 EC.

Area of operation

Water flow rate (l/min)

Area of operation

4D078786

Page 106: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

106ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.12 Performance

4D

07

90

38

pa

ge

1

EH

V*0

4S

18

CA

EH

V*0

8S

18

CA

EH

V*0

8S

26

CA

EK

HW

S*1

50

*

EK

HW

S*2

00

*

EK

HW

S*3

00

*

ER

LQ

00

4C

A*

&

EH

B*0

4C

A*

ER

LQ

00

(6/8

)CA

* &

EH

B*0

8C

A*

73

N/A

N/A

N/A

55

77

81

84

12

2

73

68

99

ER

LQ

00

4C

A*

& E

HV

*04

S1

8C

A*

ER

LQ

00

4C

A*

& E

HB

*04

CA

* &

EK

HW

S*3

00

*

ER

LQ

00

4C

A*

& E

HB

*04

CA

* &

EK

HW

S*2

00

*

ER

LQ

00

4C

A*

& E

HB

*04

CA

* &

EK

HW

S*1

50

*

ER

LQ

00

(6/8

)CA

* &

EH

V*0

8S

18

CA

*

ER

LQ

00

(6/8

)CA

* &

EH

B*0

8C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*15

0*

ER

LQ

00

(6/8

)CA

* &

EH

B*0

8C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*20

0*

ER

LQ

00

(6/8

)CA

* &

EH

V*0

8S

26

CA

*

ER

LQ

00

(6/8

)CA

* &

EH

B*0

8C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*30

0*

13

0

12

0

11

0

10

0

90

80

70

60

50

40

13

0

12

0

11

0

10

0

90

80

70

60

50

40

ER

LQ

00

(6/8

)CA

*E

RL

Q0

04

CA

*

40

45

50

40

45

50

40

45

50

16

0

14

0

12

0

10

0

80

60

40

He

at

up

tim

es

GB

S (

1)

:

No

tes:

(1)

Tim

e r

eq

uire

d to

he

at u

p th

e ta

nk s

tart

ing

fro

m a

te

mp

of 1

0°C

up

to

th

e in

dic

ate

d te

mp

with

th

e h

ea

tpu

mp

on

ly.

Re

fer

to o

pe

ratio

n r

an

ge

fo

r m

axim

um

ta

nk te

mp

era

ture

with

he

atp

um

p o

nly

.

Ta

nk

te

mp

era

ture

(°C

)Ta

nk

te

mp

era

ture

(°C

)

Ta

nk

te

mp

era

ture

(°C

)

Heat-up time (min)

Heat-up time (min)Heat-up time (min)

He

at-

up

tim

e ta

nk u

ntil 4

5°C

Page 107: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

107ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

ER

HQ

011

B*

& E

HV

*16

S1

8C

A*

ER

HQ

01

4B

* &

EH

V*1

6S

18

CA

*

ER

HQ

01

6B

* &

EH

V*1

6S

18

CA

*

ER

HQ

011

B*

& E

HB

*16

CA

* &

EK

HW

S*2

00

*

ER

HQ

01

4B

* &

EH

B*1

6C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*20

0*

ER

HQ

01

6B

* &

EH

B*1

6C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*20

0*

ER

LQ

011

C*

& E

HV

*16

S1

8C

A*

ER

LQ

01

4C

* &

EH

V*1

6S

18

CA

*

ER

LQ

01

6C

* &

EH

V*1

6S

18

CA

*

ER

LQ

011

C*

& E

HB

*16

CA

* &

EK

HW

S*2

00

*

ER

LQ

01

4C

* &

EH

B*1

6C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*20

0*

ER

LQ

01

6C

* &

EH

B*1

6C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*20

0*

ER

HQ

011

B*

& E

HV

*16

S1

8C

A*

ER

HQ

01

4B

* &

EH

V*1

6S

18

CA

*

ER

HQ

01

6B

* &

EH

V*1

6S

18

CA

*

ER

HQ

011

B*

& E

HB

*16

CA

* &

EK

HW

S*2

00

*

ER

HQ

01

4B

* &

EH

B*1

6C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*20

0*

ER

HQ

01

6B

* &

EH

B*1

6C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*20

0*

ER

LQ

011

C*

& E

HV

*16

S1

8C

A*

ER

LQ

01

4C

* &

EH

V*1

6S

18

CA

*

ER

LQ

01

6C

* &

EH

V*1

6S

18

CA

*

ER

LQ

011

C*

& E

HB

*16

CA

* &

EK

HW

S*2

00

*

ER

LQ

01

4C

* &

EH

B*1

6C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*20

0*

ER

LQ

01

6C

* &

EH

B*1

6C

A*

& E

KH

WS

*20

0*

EH

V*1

6S

18

CA

EH

V*1

6S

26

CA

38

52

69

55

80

EK

HW

S*1

50

*

EK

HW

S*2

00

*

EK

HW

S*3

00

*

ER

LQ

01

6C

* &

EH

B*1

6C

A*

40

45

50

40

45

50

40

45

50

40

45

50

14

0

13

0

12

0

11

0

10

0

90

80

70

60

50

40

10

0

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

10

0

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

14

0

13

0

12

0

11

0

10

0

90

80

70

60

50

40

4D

07

90

38

pa

ge

2

He

at

up

tim

es

GQ

I (1

) : Ta

nk

te

mp

era

ture

(°C

)

He

at-

up

tim

e ta

nk u

ntil 4

5°C

No

tes:

(1)

Tim

e r

eq

uire

d to

he

at u

p th

e ta

nk s

tart

ing

fro

m a

te

mp

of 1

0°C

up

to

th

e in

dic

ate

d te

mp

with

th

e h

ea

tpu

mp

on

ly.

Re

fer

to o

pe

ratio

n r

an

ge

fo

r m

axim

um

ta

nk te

mp

era

ture

with

he

atp

um

p o

nly

.

Ta

nk

te

mp

era

ture

(°C

)

Ta

nk

te

mp

era

ture

(°C

)Ta

nk

te

mp

era

ture

(°C

)

Heat-up time (min)

Heat-up time (min)

Heat-up time (min)

Heat-up time (min)

Page 108: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

108ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

4D

07

90

38

pa

ge

3

45

0

40

0

35

0

30

0

25

0

20

0

15

0

Veq 40°C [l]

1,5

5

1,7

7

2,1

9

1,3

8

1,9

1

15

0l

20

0l

30

0l

EK

HW

S*

EH

V*

18

0l

26

0l

40

42

44

46

48

50

52

54

56

58

60

EH

V*S

18

CA

*

EH

V*S

26

CA

*

Me

diu

m t

ap

pin

g p

att

ern

EN

16

14

7 (

= 2

pe

rs

on

s)

La

rg

e t

ap

pin

g p

att

ern

EN

16

14

7 (

= 3

~4

pe

rs

on

s)

He

at

los

s o

f d

om

es

tic

ho

t w

ate

r t

an

k (

4)

Se

lec

tio

n g

uid

an

ce

of

do

me

sti

c h

ot

wa

ter t

an

k v

olu

me

(3

)

Ta

nk

te

mp

era

ture

(°C

)

He

at lo

ss [kW

h/2

4h

]

No

tes:

(2)

Tim

e r

eq

uire

d to

he

at u

p th

e ta

nk s

tart

ing

fro

m a

te

mp

of 1

0°C

up

to

th

e in

dic

ate

d te

mp

with

th

e h

ea

tpu

mp

on

ly.

(3)

Acco

rdin

g to

EN

16

14

7

(4)

Acco

rdin

g to

EN

12

89

7

If a

hig

he

r d

aily

Ve

q 4

0°C

is r

eq

uire

d th

en

ad

ditio

na

l h

ea

t u

p c

ycle

s a

re r

eq

uire

d w

ith

in 2

4 h

ou

rs. R

efe

r to

th

e o

pe

ratio

n m

an

ua

l fo

r m

ore

in

form

atio

n.

Ta

nk

He

at lo

ss [kW

h/2

4h

]Ta

nk

Ve

q 4

0°C

= a

mo

un

t o

f w

ate

r th

at ca

n b

e ta

pp

ed

with

a te

mp

era

ture

of 4

0°C

wh

en

th

e h

ot w

ate

r ta

nk is h

ea

ted

till

a c

ert

ain

te

mp

era

ture

with

a c

old

wa

ter

inle

t te

mp

era

ture

of 1

0°C

.

Th

e 4

0°C

is c

on

sid

ere

d a

s a

co

mfr

ota

ble

do

me

stic h

ot w

ate

r te

mp

era

ture

.

Page 109: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

109ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CADaikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.13 Certification programs

EHPA 10/8 30 35 4,47 5,12 4,00 - - - - -

7/6 30 35 4,40 5,04 4,00 3,40 - - - 3,20

2/1 35 3,27 4,02 - - 3,10 3,10 3,00 -

NF PAC -7/-8 35 4,37 2,81 2,00 2,10 - - - -

NF PAC 7/6 40 45 4,03 3,58 2,50 2,70 - - - -

2/1 45 3,97 2,77 1,50 - - 2,60 - -

NF PAC -7/-8 45 4,20 2,27 1,50 1,60 - - - -

EHPA 10/8 30 35 6,25 5,07 4,00 - - - - -

7/6 30 35 6,00 4,74 4,00 3,40 - - - 3,20

2/1 35 4,58 3,66 - - 3,10 3,10 3,00 -

NF PAC -7/-8 35 5,31 2,84 2,00 2,10 - - - -

NF PAC 7/6 40 45 5,67 3,56 2,50 2,70 - - - -

2/1 45 5,69 2,81 1,50 - 2,60

NF PAC -7/-8 45 5,12 2,22 1,50 1,60 - - - -

EHPA 10/8 30 35 7,39 4,75 4,00 - - - - -

7/6 30 35 7,40 4,45 4,00

2/1 35 5,80 3,53 - - 3,10 3,10 3,00 -

NF PAC -7/-8 35 5,46 2,71 2,00 2,10 - - - -

7/6 40 45 6,89 3,42 2,50 2,70 - - - -

2/1 45 6,08 2,63 - - 2,60 - -

NF PAC

NF PAC

-7/-8 45 6,13 2,12 1,50 1,60 - - - -

*RLQ004*

*RLQ006*

*RLQ008*

Ta [°C] EWC [°C] LWC [°C] HC [kW] COP

3,40 - - - 3,20

3TW60819-3C page 1

RATED DATA FOR CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS - HEATING MODE

Certification program

Crédit d'impôt, NF PAC,

Microgeneration

Ecolabel

Crédit d'impôt, NF PAC,

Microgeneration

EHPA, SEI, Ecolabel

Ecolabel

Crédit d'impôt, NF PAC,

Microgeneration

EHPA, SEI, Ecolabel

Ecolabel

Fan Coil

Floor

Fan Coil

Floor

Fan Coil

Floor

Min

. Req

uire

d C

OP

mic

roge

nera

tion

Min

. Req

uire

d C

OP

SE

I

Min

. Req

uire

d C

OP

Eco

labe

l

Min

. Req

uire

d C

OP

EH

PA

Min

. Req

uire

d C

OP

NF

PA

C

Min

. Req

uire

d C

OP

Viv

rele

c

EHPA, SEI, Ecolabel

Page 110: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

15 Technical data

Installer reference guide

110ERLQ004~008CAV3 + EHVH/X04+08S18CA + EHVH/X08S26CA

Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split4P313775-1C – 2012.11

15.14 Combination table

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo (

5)

oo (

5)

oo (

5)

oo (

5)

oo (

5)

oo (

5)

oo

oo

---

---

o---

*RLQ

006C

A*V

3*

*RLQ

008C

A*V

3*

*RH

Q0

11

B*(

V3

/W1

)

*RH

Q01

1B

*(V

3/W

1)

*RH

Q01

4B

*(V

3/W

1)

*RH

Q01

6B

*(V

3/W

1)

*RL

Q0

11C

*(V

3/W

1)

o--

---

---

-

*RL

Q0

04

CA

*V3

**R

LQ

006

CA

*V3

**R

LQ

008

CA

*V3

*

---

oo

---

---

oo

---

---

---

---

---

o--

---

---

---

-

---

---

---

---

---

oo

---

---

oo

*RL

Q0

16C

*(V

3/W

1)

---

---

---

---

oo o

oo

---

---

---

---

*RL

Q0

14C

*(V

3/W

1)

---

---

---

---

oo---

*RH

Q0

14

B*(

V3

/W1

)*R

HQ

01

6B

*(V

3/W

1)

*RL

Q0

11

C*(

V3

/W1

)

oo

---

oo

o

o

o--

- (8

)

---

---

---

---

---

# -

##

oo

o

---

(8)

---

---

*RL

Q0

14

C*(

V3

/W1

)*R

LQ

01

6C

*(V

3/W

1)

---

---

---

(8)

*RLQ

004C

A*V

3*

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

oo

oo

oo

--

oo

--

oo

--

oo

--

oo

oo

--

--

oo

3D

07

82

27

-1

oo

oo

18

- 3

V2

6 -

9W

18

- 3

V2

6 -

9W

18

- 3

V

18

- 3

V

oo

--

--

--

--

oo

--

04

# -

##

18

- 3

V2

6 -

9W

(9)

18

- 3

V# -

##

26

- 9

W(9

)

De

sc

rip

tio

nD

es

cri

pti

on

Hea

tin

g o

nly

mod

el *H

VH

*H

ea

tin

g o

nly

mod

el *H

VH

*

Revers

ible

mod

el *H

VX

*R

evers

ible

mod

el *H

VX

*

Ba

ck u

p h

ea

ter

3kW

1N

~2

30

VB

ack u

p h

ea

ter

3kW

1N

~2

30

V

Ba

ck u

p h

ea

ter

6kW

1N

~2

30

VB

ack u

p h

ea

ter

6kW

1N

~2

30

V

Ba

ck u

p h

ea

ter

6kW

3N

~4

00

VB

ack u

p h

ea

ter

6kW

3N

~4

00

V

Ba

ck u

p h

ea

ter

6kW

3~

23

0 V

Ba

ck u

p h

ea

ter

6kW

3~

23

0 V

Ba

ck u

p h

ea

ter

9kW

3N

~4

00

VB

ack u

p h

ea

ter

9kW

3N

~4

00

V

Dom

estic h

ot w

ate

r ta

nk 1

80

LD

om

estic h

ot w

ate

r ta

nk 1

80

L

Dom

estic h

ot w

ate

r ta

nk 2

60

LD

om

estic h

ot w

ate

r ta

nk 2

60

L

Ou

tdo

or

co

mb

ina

tio

n t

ab

le f

or

*HV

(H/X

)(0

4/0

8)S

(18

/26

)CA

* an

d *

HB

(H/X

)16

S(1

8/2

6)C

A*

*HV

H0

4S

18

CA

*H

ea

tin

g o

nly

in

door

un

it

*HV

X0

4S

18

CA

*R

evers

ible

in

door

un

it

*HV

H0

8S

(18

/26

)CA

*H

ea

tin

g o

nly

in

door

un

it

*HV

X0

8S

(18

/26

)CA

*R

evers

ible

in

door

un

it

*HV

H1

6S

(18

/26

)CA

*H

ea

tin

g o

nly

in

door

un

it

*HV

X1

6S

(18

/26

)CA

*R

evers

ible

in

door

un

it

Kit

av

aila

bilit

y f

or

ou

tdo

or

un

its

EK

DP

00

8C

AD

rain

pan

kit

*KD

K0

4D

rain

plu

g k

it (

3)

*KB

PH

TH

16

AB

ottom

pla

te h

ea

ter

(1)

(3)

(10

)

*K0

16

SN

CS

now

cover

Kit

av

aila

bilit

y

Re

fere

nc

eD

es

cri

pti

on

Hea

tin

g o

nly

mod

el *H

VH

*

Revers

ible

mod

el *H

VX

*

*KR

SC

A1

Rem

ote

sen

sor

for

ou

tdoor

(11

)

KR

CS

01

-1R

em

ote

sen

sor

for

indoor

(11

)

*KR

UC

AL

1U

ser

inte

rfa

ce la

ng

uag

e g

rou

p 1

*KR

UC

AL

2U

ser

inte

rfa

ce la

ng

uag

e g

rou

p 2

*KR

P1

HB

AA

Dig

ita

l I/O

PC

B (

2)

*KR

P1

AH

TA

Dem

and

PC

B (

6)

*KR

TW

AW

ired

room

th

erm

osta

t op

tion

kit

*KR

TR

1W

irele

ss r

oom

th

erm

osta

t op

tion

kit (

incl. r

eceiv

er)

*KR

TE

TS

exte

rnal te

mp

era

ture

sen

sor

op

tion

kit (

4)

FW

XV

15

AV

EB

Hea

t pu

mp

con

vecto

r

FW

XV

20

AV

EB

Hea

t pu

mp

con

vecto

r

*KV

KH

PC

Va

lve k

it h

ea

t pu

mp

con

vecto

r (5

)

*KP

CC

AB

1P

C c

able

kit (

12

)

Ava

ilab

ility

TB

C

Re

ma

rk:

Oth

er

co

mb

ina

tio

ns

th

an

me

nti

on

ed

in

th

is c

om

bin

ati

on

ta

ble

are

pro

hib

ite

d

(1)

He

ate

r ta

pe

th

at ca

n b

e fix

ed

on

th

e b

otto

m p

late

to

pre

ve

nt e

xce

ssiv

e ice

fo

rma

tio

n.

(2)

PC

B th

at p

rovid

es a

dd

itio

na

l o

utp

ut co

nn

ectio

ns:

(a

) C

on

tro

l e

xte

rna

l h

ea

t so

urc

e (

biv

ale

nt o

pe

ratio

n)

(b

) O

utp

ut re

mo

te O

N/O

FF

sig

na

l S

pa

ce

he

atin

g/c

oo

ling

OR

bo

tto

m p

late

he

ate

r *K

BP

HT

H1

6*

co

ntr

ol

(c

) R

em

ote

ala

rm o

utp

ut

(3)

It is n

ot a

llow

ed

to

co

mb

ine

bo

tto

m p

late

he

ate

r a

nd

dra

in p

lug

/sto

p k

it

(4)

*KR

TE

TS

ca

n o

nly

be

use

d in

co

mb

ina

tio

n w

ith

*K

RT

R1

(5)

Va

lve

kit m

an

da

tory

if h

ea

t p

um

p c

on

ve

cto

r is

in

sta

lled

on

re

ve

rsib

le m

od

el (n

ot m

an

da

tory

fo

r h

ea

tin

g o

nly

mo

de

l)

(6)

PC

B to

re

ce

ive

up

to

4 d

igita

l in

pu

ts fo

r p

ow

er

limita

tio

n, o

nly

fo

r *H

B(H

/X)0

4/0

8C

A

(8)

Bo

tto

m p

late

he

ate

r is

fa

cto

ry m

ou

nte

d a

nd

co

ntr

olle

d b

y o

utd

oo

r u

nit.

(9)

Un

ifie

d m

od

el, th

e a

ctu

al B

UH

ca

pa

city d

ep

en

ds o

n th

e a

ctu

al in

tern

al u

pw

irin

g

(10

) R

eq

uire

s d

igita

l I/O

PC

B *

KR

P1

HB

AA

(11

) O

nly

1 r

em

ote

se

nso

r ca

n b

e c

on

ne

cte

d : in

do

or

OR

ou

tdo

or

se

nso

r

(12

) D

ata

ca

ble

fo

r co

nn

ectio

n w

ith

PC

Fa

cto

ry m

ou

nte

d o

pti

on

al

eq

uip

me

nt

for

*HV

(H/X

)08

S#

CA

##

an

d

*HV

(H/X

)16

S#

CA

##

Fa

cto

ry m

ou

nte

d o

pti

on

al e

qu

ipm

en

t fo

r

*HV

(H/X

)04

S#C

A##

Ava

ilab

ility

TB

C

Page 111: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

Notes_1.fm Page 1 Tuesday, December 4, 2012 2:51 PM

Page 112: EHVH/X08S18+26CA EHVH/X04S18CA ERLQ004-006-008CA · 2020-07-21 · Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma - Low Temperature Split English + Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma

4P313775-1C 2012.11

Cop

yrig

ht 2

012

Dai

kin


Recommended